<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
		<id>https://www.protocasedesigner.com/wiki/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Pledrew</id>
		<title>Protocase Designer Documentation - User contributions [en]</title>
		<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://www.protocasedesigner.com/wiki/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Pledrew"/>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.protocasedesigner.com/wiki/index.php?title=Special:Contributions/Pledrew"/>
		<updated>2026-05-11T07:34:02Z</updated>
		<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
		<generator>MediaWiki 1.27.1</generator>

	<entry>
		<id>https://www.protocasedesigner.com/wiki/index.php?title=Knowledgebase_-_Known_Issues&amp;diff=4068</id>
		<title>Knowledgebase - Known Issues</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.protocasedesigner.com/wiki/index.php?title=Knowledgebase_-_Known_Issues&amp;diff=4068"/>
				<updated>2020-09-08T19:54:51Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pledrew: /* Powdercoat Issue */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
The following issues might be encountered in the latest release. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Quoting Non-Stock Material===&lt;br /&gt;
While quoting non-stock material like 316 Stainless Steel, the pricing is not accurate.&lt;br /&gt;
A warning will come up and let you know if a material is non-stock.&lt;br /&gt;
Please contact our sale team at ams@protocase.com for accurate pricing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===MAC===&lt;br /&gt;
If Protocase Designer does not launch make sure the App is inside the Applications folder.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Changes did not take affect===&lt;br /&gt;
When placing a cutout or anything else, and the change just disappears, please check to see if your ERROR RESPONSE is set to ASK.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This can be found under Edit-&amp;gt;Preferences-&amp;gt;Editor Settings.&lt;br /&gt;
With this set to ASK, see if the change comes up with an error response.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is be fixed in an upcoming version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Cutouts may shift when exported to DXF===&lt;br /&gt;
There was an issue in limited cases where cutouts shifted when exported to DXF. This has been corrected as of Aug 2nd, 2019, but a small number of orders may have been affected.&lt;br /&gt;
If you experience this issue, please contact your account manager. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5-sided enclosure welding===&lt;br /&gt;
Designs using the 5-sided enclosure template do not include plug welding in the quote.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Won't launch on linux - Designer 4.9 sometimes wont launch on certain linux configurations===&lt;br /&gt;
We have tested relatively vanilla builds of Ubuntu 18.04 and confirmed is working. Something about the user configuration causes unknown crashes however.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Default Ubuntu 18.04 Driver issue===&lt;br /&gt;
There is an issue in JOGL that prevents the loading of Designer 4.7 on Ubuntu 18.04 with the default Nouveau graphics drivers. You may need to use the drivers supplied by your graphics card manufacturer to use Designer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Issue when changing your home directory===&lt;br /&gt;
In the latest version of Designer, there is an issue when changing your home directory to a root directory. (d:\, for example). This may cause Designer to freeze. Creating a directory off of the root and setting that to your home directory is the current workaround for that.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Running Designer on Linux with MESA===&lt;br /&gt;
While running Designer on a Linux virtual machine with the latest version of MESA, we encountered a glXCreatePbuffer error.&lt;br /&gt;
This is due to an issue in the graphics library used in Designer. Until this is resolved, we do not recommend running Designer with this combination of software.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Windows 10===&lt;br /&gt;
There was an issue in Windows 10 Tablet Mode that would cause the Protocase Designer Menu Bar to be hidden. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;This has been resolved in the latest Windows 10 automatic update.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Image Load Error for .JPG files===&lt;br /&gt;
Some .JPG files do not import with the Java tools used for Protocase Designer.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt; If you receive an error message (&amp;quot;Unable to load image...&amp;quot;) when attempting to place a .JPG file on a face, we recommend that you convert the .JPG to a bitmap format, such as .PNG. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;If for any reason you cannot save the .JPG as a bitmap, one program that works very well for converting images is [http://www.imagemagick.org '''ImageMagick'''], which is free and runs with Unix, Mac OS X, iOS, and Windows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Computer enclosure templates===&lt;br /&gt;
The computer enclosure templates allow you to specify dimensions that are below the minimum sizes required to accommodate the cutouts or PEM layouts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Computer enclosure welding===&lt;br /&gt;
In the ATX and Mini-ITX templates, both the '''Has Seam Welds''' and '''Has Tack Welds''' options can be selected. If both are selected, Protocase will perform only the seam welds. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''See Also:'''&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Knowledgebase_-_Archived_KnownIssues | Archived Known Issues]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Knowledgebase_-_Planned_Enhancements | Planned Enhancements]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Knowledgebase_-_Software_Fixes_Released | Software Fixes Released]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pledrew</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://www.protocasedesigner.com/wiki/index.php?title=Knowledgebase_-_Known_Issues&amp;diff=4067</id>
		<title>Knowledgebase - Known Issues</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.protocasedesigner.com/wiki/index.php?title=Knowledgebase_-_Known_Issues&amp;diff=4067"/>
				<updated>2020-09-04T15:34:27Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pledrew: /* Component Mirroring */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
The following issues might be encountered in the latest release. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Quoting Non-Stock Material===&lt;br /&gt;
While quoting non-stock material like 316 Stainless Steel, the pricing is not accurate.&lt;br /&gt;
A warning will come up and let you know if a material is non-stock.&lt;br /&gt;
Please contact our sale team at ams@protocase.com for accurate pricing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Powdercoat Issue===&lt;br /&gt;
Federal Standard 595 Color FS 37038 Flat Black, E300-BK11, Flat, Smooth, Epoxy Powder is not showing on Instant Quote.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please check with your Account Manager till we have this corrected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===MAC===&lt;br /&gt;
If Protocase Designer does not launch make sure the App is inside the Applications folder.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Changes did not take affect===&lt;br /&gt;
When placing a cutout or anything else, and the change just disappears, please check to see if your ERROR RESPONSE is set to ASK.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This can be found under Edit-&amp;gt;Preferences-&amp;gt;Editor Settings.&lt;br /&gt;
With this set to ASK, see if the change comes up with an error response.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is be fixed in an upcoming version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Cutouts may shift when exported to DXF===&lt;br /&gt;
There was an issue in limited cases where cutouts shifted when exported to DXF. This has been corrected as of Aug 2nd, 2019, but a small number of orders may have been affected.&lt;br /&gt;
If you experience this issue, please contact your account manager. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5-sided enclosure welding===&lt;br /&gt;
Designs using the 5-sided enclosure template do not include plug welding in the quote.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Won't launch on linux - Designer 4.9 sometimes wont launch on certain linux configurations===&lt;br /&gt;
We have tested relatively vanilla builds of Ubuntu 18.04 and confirmed is working. Something about the user configuration causes unknown crashes however.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Default Ubuntu 18.04 Driver issue===&lt;br /&gt;
There is an issue in JOGL that prevents the loading of Designer 4.7 on Ubuntu 18.04 with the default Nouveau graphics drivers. You may need to use the drivers supplied by your graphics card manufacturer to use Designer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Issue when changing your home directory===&lt;br /&gt;
In the latest version of Designer, there is an issue when changing your home directory to a root directory. (d:\, for example). This may cause Designer to freeze. Creating a directory off of the root and setting that to your home directory is the current workaround for that.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Running Designer on Linux with MESA===&lt;br /&gt;
While running Designer on a Linux virtual machine with the latest version of MESA, we encountered a glXCreatePbuffer error.&lt;br /&gt;
This is due to an issue in the graphics library used in Designer. Until this is resolved, we do not recommend running Designer with this combination of software.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Windows 10===&lt;br /&gt;
There was an issue in Windows 10 Tablet Mode that would cause the Protocase Designer Menu Bar to be hidden. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;This has been resolved in the latest Windows 10 automatic update.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Image Load Error for .JPG files===&lt;br /&gt;
Some .JPG files do not import with the Java tools used for Protocase Designer.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt; If you receive an error message (&amp;quot;Unable to load image...&amp;quot;) when attempting to place a .JPG file on a face, we recommend that you convert the .JPG to a bitmap format, such as .PNG. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;If for any reason you cannot save the .JPG as a bitmap, one program that works very well for converting images is [http://www.imagemagick.org '''ImageMagick'''], which is free and runs with Unix, Mac OS X, iOS, and Windows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Computer enclosure templates===&lt;br /&gt;
The computer enclosure templates allow you to specify dimensions that are below the minimum sizes required to accommodate the cutouts or PEM layouts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Computer enclosure welding===&lt;br /&gt;
In the ATX and Mini-ITX templates, both the '''Has Seam Welds''' and '''Has Tack Welds''' options can be selected. If both are selected, Protocase will perform only the seam welds. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''See Also:'''&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Knowledgebase_-_Archived_KnownIssues | Archived Known Issues]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Knowledgebase_-_Planned_Enhancements | Planned Enhancements]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Knowledgebase_-_Software_Fixes_Released | Software Fixes Released]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pledrew</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://www.protocasedesigner.com/wiki/index.php?title=Knowledgebase_-_Known_Issues&amp;diff=4066</id>
		<title>Knowledgebase - Known Issues</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.protocasedesigner.com/wiki/index.php?title=Knowledgebase_-_Known_Issues&amp;diff=4066"/>
				<updated>2020-08-21T15:47:30Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pledrew: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
The following issues might be encountered in the latest release. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Quoting Non-Stock Material===&lt;br /&gt;
While quoting non-stock material like 316 Stainless Steel, the pricing is not accurate.&lt;br /&gt;
A warning will come up and let you know if a material is non-stock.&lt;br /&gt;
Please contact our sale team at ams@protocase.com for accurate pricing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Component Mirroring===&lt;br /&gt;
Components in Designer may load mirrored. Review your component if possible and determine it is what you want. If you find that it was mirrored you can fix it by going to the face editor and flipping the side it on. Then using the &amp;quot;Offset Height&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Rotate Around X&amp;quot;, and &amp;quot;Rotate Around Y&amp;quot; you will be able to get what you need. This was not intended and is being fixed as soon as we can.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===MAC===&lt;br /&gt;
If Protocase Designer does not launch make sure the App is inside the Applications folder.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Changes did not take affect===&lt;br /&gt;
When placing a cutout or anything else, and the change just disappears, please check to see if your ERROR RESPONSE is set to ASK.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This can be found under Edit-&amp;gt;Preferences-&amp;gt;Editor Settings.&lt;br /&gt;
With this set to ASK, see if the change comes up with an error response.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is be fixed in an upcoming version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Cutouts may shift when exported to DXF===&lt;br /&gt;
There was an issue in limited cases where cutouts shifted when exported to DXF. This has been corrected as of Aug 2nd, 2019, but a small number of orders may have been affected.&lt;br /&gt;
If you experience this issue, please contact your account manager. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5-sided enclosure welding===&lt;br /&gt;
Designs using the 5-sided enclosure template do not include plug welding in the quote.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Won't launch on linux - Designer 4.9 sometimes wont launch on certain linux configurations===&lt;br /&gt;
We have tested relatively vanilla builds of Ubuntu 18.04 and confirmed is working. Something about the user configuration causes unknown crashes however.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Default Ubuntu 18.04 Driver issue===&lt;br /&gt;
There is an issue in JOGL that prevents the loading of Designer 4.7 on Ubuntu 18.04 with the default Nouveau graphics drivers. You may need to use the drivers supplied by your graphics card manufacturer to use Designer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Issue when changing your home directory===&lt;br /&gt;
In the latest version of Designer, there is an issue when changing your home directory to a root directory. (d:\, for example). This may cause Designer to freeze. Creating a directory off of the root and setting that to your home directory is the current workaround for that.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Running Designer on Linux with MESA===&lt;br /&gt;
While running Designer on a Linux virtual machine with the latest version of MESA, we encountered a glXCreatePbuffer error.&lt;br /&gt;
This is due to an issue in the graphics library used in Designer. Until this is resolved, we do not recommend running Designer with this combination of software.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Windows 10===&lt;br /&gt;
There was an issue in Windows 10 Tablet Mode that would cause the Protocase Designer Menu Bar to be hidden. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;This has been resolved in the latest Windows 10 automatic update.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Image Load Error for .JPG files===&lt;br /&gt;
Some .JPG files do not import with the Java tools used for Protocase Designer.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt; If you receive an error message (&amp;quot;Unable to load image...&amp;quot;) when attempting to place a .JPG file on a face, we recommend that you convert the .JPG to a bitmap format, such as .PNG. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;If for any reason you cannot save the .JPG as a bitmap, one program that works very well for converting images is [http://www.imagemagick.org '''ImageMagick'''], which is free and runs with Unix, Mac OS X, iOS, and Windows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Computer enclosure templates===&lt;br /&gt;
The computer enclosure templates allow you to specify dimensions that are below the minimum sizes required to accommodate the cutouts or PEM layouts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Computer enclosure welding===&lt;br /&gt;
In the ATX and Mini-ITX templates, both the '''Has Seam Welds''' and '''Has Tack Welds''' options can be selected. If both are selected, Protocase will perform only the seam welds. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''See Also:'''&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Knowledgebase_-_Archived_KnownIssues | Archived Known Issues]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Knowledgebase_-_Planned_Enhancements | Planned Enhancements]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Knowledgebase_-_Software_Fixes_Released | Software Fixes Released]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pledrew</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://www.protocasedesigner.com/wiki/index.php?title=Face_Editor&amp;diff=4065</id>
		<title>Face Editor</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.protocasedesigner.com/wiki/index.php?title=Face_Editor&amp;diff=4065"/>
				<updated>2020-08-13T20:06:37Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pledrew: /* Creating and adding a bracket or other subassembly */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Face Editor overview=&lt;br /&gt;
The Face Editor is the 2D workspace for designing each face of your enclosure.  &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:window-faceeditor-labels3_NEW.png|1000px|Face Editor Window]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;2D Menu bar&lt;br /&gt;
:Contains File, Edit, Cutout Library and Fasteners, Grid, View, Graphics, and Help menus. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;2D Standard toolbar&lt;br /&gt;
:Contains common commands such as Cut, Copy, Paste, Undo, Redo, and Zoom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;2D Mode toolbar&lt;br /&gt;
:Contains tools to add shapes, text, and images to the face, as well as exclusion and masking zones and construction lines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;2D Viewport&lt;br /&gt;
:Working area that shows a 2D view of your enclosure face.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;2D Status bar&lt;br /&gt;
:Displays the currently selected view, X- and Y coordinates of the pointer, side of face showing (outside or inside), and the name of the face.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;2D Properties panel&lt;br /&gt;
:Displays context-sensitive Help and properties that can be changed for the selected object.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2D Standard Toolbar===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:2D-toolbar_NEW.png]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
From left to right, the buttons are:&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Button-acceptclose_NEW.png|30px|bottom]]&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Accept'''&lt;br /&gt;
| Accept changes and close Face Editor to view results in 3D.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Reject button_NEW.png|30px|bottom]]&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Reject'''&lt;br /&gt;
| Reject changes and close Face Editor to view results in 3D.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Button-Cut_NEW.png|30px|bottom]]&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Cut'''&lt;br /&gt;
| Cut object(s).&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Button-Copy_NEW.png|30px|bottom]]&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Copy'''&lt;br /&gt;
| Copy object(s).&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Button-Paste_NEW.png|30px|bottom]]&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Paste'''&lt;br /&gt;
| Paste object(s) that have been cut or copied.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Button-PartView.png|50px|top]]&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Part View'''&lt;br /&gt;
| Open the Assembly Tree dialog, which lists each part, face, and design element: &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Window-parttree-ushape-note_NEW.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Zoom_In_button_NEW.png‎|30px|bottom]]&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Zoom In'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Zoom in on the face. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Zoom_Out_button_NEW.png‎‎|30px|bottom]]&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Zoom Out'''&lt;br /&gt;
| Zoom out from the face. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Reset_View_button_NEW.png‎‎|30px|bottom]]&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Reset View'''&lt;br /&gt;
| Zoom out from the face. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Button-togglegrid_NEW.png‎|30px|bottom]]&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Toggle Grid'''&lt;br /&gt;
| Toggle on/off the grid display. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Button-gridsize_NEW.png‎|30px|bottom]]&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Grid Size'''&lt;br /&gt;
| Change the grid size.  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Button-snapgrid.png‎|30px|bottom]]&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Snap to Grid'''&lt;br /&gt;
| Toggle on/off snapping to the grid. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Keyslot_undo_button_NEW.png‎‎|30px|bottom]]&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Undo'''&lt;br /&gt;
| Undo your last action. .&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Redo_button_NEW.png‎|30px|bottom]]&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Redo'''&lt;br /&gt;
| Repeat your last action. .&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Button-ViewInside_NEW.png‎|bottom]]&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Back'''&lt;br /&gt;
| Display the back of the face. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Button-ViewOutside_NEW.png‎|bottom]]&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Front'''&lt;br /&gt;
| Display the front of the face.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Pan_button_NEW.png‎‎|bottom]]&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Pan'''&lt;br /&gt;
| When dragging the mouse, do not act on objects but just pan the face. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Face Editor preferences===&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to use a different unit of measure or otherwise customize your Designer interface, you can set global parameters in the [[Preferences_dialog_box | '''Preferences''' dialog box]].&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Viewing the face=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Panning==&lt;br /&gt;
To pan the model or face, do one of the following:&lt;br /&gt;
*In the 3D View:&lt;br /&gt;
**Click the '''Pan''' button [[File:Pan_button_NEW.png]] in the toolbar, then drag the model.&lt;br /&gt;
::''or''&lt;br /&gt;
:*Hold down the &amp;lt;Alt&amp;gt; key, then drag the model.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*In the Face Editor:&lt;br /&gt;
**Click the '''Pan''' button [[File:Pan_button_NEW.png]] in the toolbar, then drag the face.&lt;br /&gt;
::''or''&lt;br /&gt;
:*Click and hold down the mouse wheel-button while dragging the face.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zooming==&lt;br /&gt;
When you zoom in/out in either the 3D View or the Face Editor, the face zooms in on or away from the pointer, so that you never lose your place.&lt;br /&gt;
*To zoom in/out in the 3D View, rotate the wheel button. '''Known Limitation''': Using the mouse wheel button is currently the only way to zoom in the 3D view.&lt;br /&gt;
*To zoom in/out in the Face Editor, do one of the following. &lt;br /&gt;
:*Click the '''Zoom In''' [[File:Zoom_In_button_NEW.png|text-bottom]] or '''Zoom Out''' button [[File:Zoom_Out_button.png|text-bottom]] in the toolbar, then click the face for each incremental zoom.&lt;br /&gt;
:*Choose '''View''' &amp;gt; '''Zoom In''' or '''View''' &amp;gt; '''Zoom Out''', then click the face for each incremental zoom.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*To zoom in on a particular area:&lt;br /&gt;
*Choose '''View''' &amp;gt; '''Zoom In''' or click the '''Zoom In''' button in the toolbar, then drag a box around the area you want to zoom.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Resetting the view==&lt;br /&gt;
To return the face to its default location and zoom level, do one of the following:&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the '''Reset View''' button [[File:Reset_View_button_NEW.png|text-bottom]] in the toolbar.&lt;br /&gt;
*Choose '''View''' &amp;gt; '''Reset Zoom'''.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Viewing the front or back of the face==&lt;br /&gt;
When you click a face to edit, the ''side'' of the face that you click in the 3D View is displayed in the Face Editor. To toggle to the opposite side of the face, choose '''View''' &amp;gt; '''Toggle Side Showing'''. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Toggle-Side-Showing-command_NEW.png|175px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Or, you can use the 2D Standard toolbar buttons to display either side:&lt;br /&gt;
*To display the back of the face, click the '''Inside''' [[File:Button-ViewInside_NEW.png]] or '''Back''' [[File:Button-ViewInside_NEW.png]] button. &lt;br /&gt;
*To display the front of the face, click the '''Outside''' [[File:Button-ViewOutside_NEW.png]] or '''Front''' [[File:Button-ViewOutside_NEW.png]] button. &lt;br /&gt;
(If an enclosure is displayed, the buttons are labeled '''Inside''' and '''Outside'''. If a panel is displayed, the buttons are labeled '''Back''' and '''Front'''.) Whichever button you click becomes shaded to indicate that it is in effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Coordinate System=&lt;br /&gt;
The origin in the Face Editor is located at the absolute origin in the coordinate system of the model. The x- and y-coordinates for each face are referenced from the absolute origin and always increase moving away from the origin. The figure below shows examples of the coordinate system for several faces on a U-Shape enclosure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:diagram-coordinates.png|550px|Face Editor Coordinate System]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Choosing the Units of Measure===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can set the default unit of measure. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Choose '''Preferences''' from the '''Edit''' menu.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the down-arrow for '''Display Units'''.&lt;br /&gt;
#Select the unit of measure (INCHES, CM, or MM). &lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''OK.'''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Drawing shapes=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Selecting the drawing (object) type==&lt;br /&gt;
Select the type of object to be added to the face by using the Circle, Rectangle, and other buttons in the toolbar. The object types are '''Cutout''', '''Graphic''', '''Exclusion''', '''Masking''', and '''Construct'''.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#On the 2D Mode toolbar, click the button under the &amp;quot;Mode&amp;quot; label; by default, the object type is set to '''Cutout'''.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#:[[File:button_Cutout_NEW.png||80px|bottom]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Using the Cutout object type===&lt;br /&gt;
The Cutout object is used to add shapes for accommodating connectors, switches, ports, cutout logos and images, etcetera.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''See Also:'''&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Face Editor#Adding_cutouts|Adding cutouts]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Using the Graphic object type===&lt;br /&gt;
The Graphic object type is used to add silkscreen or digital print to the face. Silkscreening is limited to specific colors; digital printing can print any number of colors, including gradients, with precise rendering. Note that you cannot apply both silkscreening and digital printing to the same face. '''Important!''' Before you select which method you will use, please see the constraints described in '''[[About_Graphics_(Silkscreening_and_Digital_Printing)|About Graphics]]'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Adding graphics (silkscreening or digital printing)====&lt;br /&gt;
#Add [[#Add text|text]] and/or [[#Add images|images]] to the face. (The Mode automatically changes to '''Graphic'''.) The items will be silkscreened or digitally printed, depending on your Preferences setting.&lt;br /&gt;
#When done, click the '''Edit''' tool or press &amp;lt;Enter&amp;gt;. The default parameters for the text are shown in the Properties panel, where you can change them (Color, Origin, Rotation, Point size, Typeface, and Style (Bold, Italic, etc.). &lt;br /&gt;
When using digital printing, please note the following limitations:&lt;br /&gt;
:*You cannot use digital printing on metal if the color is &amp;quot;None&amp;quot;; it does not stick to bare metal so the enclosure must have a color.&lt;br /&gt;
:*No part of the face being printed can be masked, because the reflection from the face will damage the print heads. &lt;br /&gt;
:*You cannot use digital printing on aluminum or stainless steel with a grained finish. &lt;br /&gt;
:*The printed area must be no more than 46&amp;quot;x46&amp;quot;, and the face it is printed on can be no more than 24&amp;quot; high.&lt;br /&gt;
:*The face and all its attachments must be entirely flat. Nothing (including PEMs and flanges) can stick up above the surface.  &lt;br /&gt;
:*The inside of the face cannot be printed.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Setting global silkscreening or digital printing preferences=====&lt;br /&gt;
#Choose '''Edit''' &amp;gt; '''Preferences'''.&lt;br /&gt;
#In '''Graphics Type''' choose one of the following from the menu:&lt;br /&gt;
#*'''Silkscreen''' (Every face will use silkscreen.)&lt;br /&gt;
#*'''Digital Printing''' (Every face will use digital printing.)&lt;br /&gt;
#*'''Ask''' (The first time you either click the '''Text''' button or change the '''Mode''' to &amp;quot;Graphic&amp;quot; for a face, you are prompted to choose which method to use for that face.) &lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''OK'''.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Changing between digital printing and silkscreening=====&lt;br /&gt;
#In the Face Editor, select the face that you want to change. &lt;br /&gt;
#Choose the '''Convert...''' command from the '''Graphics''' menu. &lt;br /&gt;
#*If the face is using silkscreen, the '''Convert to Direct Digital Printing''' command is listed in the menu. If the face is using digital print, the '''Convert to Silkscreen''' command is listed in the menu. When changing from digital print to silkscreen, colors are automatically adjusted to match stock Protocase silkscreen colors. Note that you can change the printing method for each face, but you cannot combine both methods on one face.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''See Also:''' &lt;br /&gt;
*[[Adding_silkscreening_or_digital_printing_without_using_Protocase_Designer|Adding graphics to a face using a different graphics editor]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[About_Graphics_(Silkscreening_and_Digital_Printing)|Tell Me About Graphics]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Using the Exclusion object type===&lt;br /&gt;
The Exclusion object type is used to mark areas where other objects (except text and graphics) cannot be added. For example, if you add a cutout for a switch and want to ensure that nothing can be added to the design that would interfere with the switch body, you could add an exclusion zone over the cutout for the neck of the switch that covers the body of the switch. For specific applications of this technique, see the tutorials on '''[[Creating_double-d_cutouts|Creating Double-D Cutouts]]''' and '''[[Creating_key_slot_cutouts|Creating Key Slot Cutouts]]'''. Note that exclusion zones allow text and/or graphics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Using the Masking object type===&lt;br /&gt;
The Masking object type is used to prevent an area from being painted. This is usually done to make a bare spot for an electrical ground. You can use Masking on any metal, although when you use it on cold rolled steel, you will receive a warning that the metal will rust.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# In the '''Mode''' menu, click the '''Masking''' button.&lt;br /&gt;
#:[[File:Button_Masking_NEW.png|80px]]&lt;br /&gt;
# Choose a shape (preferably a rectangle) and draw the area(s) you want masked.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Notes'''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Due to manufacturing constraints, masking cannot be applied to any part of a face that has digital printing.&lt;br /&gt;
*If you mask the entire inside of a face that goes up against another face that has a bend, a tiny sliver of the bare metal will be visible on the outside of the case, around the bent edge. Generally this should not pose any problems, but if you want that sliver gone, make the masking rectangle smaller on that edge by about 0.1&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Using the Construct object type===&lt;br /&gt;
The Construct (Construction) object is used to add a design or other reference (including a note) to any part of the design. Construct objects  never affect production.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Drawing circles==&lt;br /&gt;
#In the Mode toolbar, click the '''Circle''' tool.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click to place the centre of the circle, then drag to set the radius of the circle, and release the mouse button when it is the size you want.&lt;br /&gt;
#When done, click the '''Edit''' tool [[File:tool-edit_NEW.png|80px|bottom]] or press &amp;lt;Esc&amp;gt;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Drawing ellipses==&lt;br /&gt;
#On the Mode toolbar, click the '''Ellipse''' tool.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click to place the centre of the ellipse, then drag to set the radius of the ellipse, and release the mouse button when it is the size you want.&lt;br /&gt;
#When done, click the '''Edit''' tool [[File:tool-edit_NEW.png|80px|bottom]] or press &amp;lt;Esc&amp;gt;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Drawing rectangles and squares==&lt;br /&gt;
If you are drawing a square, first turn on the '''[[Face_Editor#Turn_on.off_the_Grid | grid]]''' to restrict the bounding box to a square, or after you draw the rectangle, change the '''Width''' and '''Height''' fields in the Properties panel to be equal.&lt;br /&gt;
#On the Mode toolbar, click the '''Rectangle''' tool.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click to place one corner of the rectangle, then drag to set the opposite corner, and release the mouse button when it is the size you want.&lt;br /&gt;
#When done, click the '''Edit''' tool [[File:tool-edit_NEW.png|80px|bottom]] or press &amp;lt;Esc&amp;gt;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Drawing custom paths==&lt;br /&gt;
#On the Mode toolbar, click the '''Path''' tool [[File:tool-path_NEW.png|80px]].&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on the face to place each point of the path.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the first point again to finish the path and fill the shape.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Creating an arc using the Path tool====&lt;br /&gt;
#On the Mode toolbar, click the '''Path''' tool.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on the face to place the starting point of the arc (and, if you want to start the path with straight lines, additional points for each line segment). &lt;br /&gt;
#Click the '''arc''' button in the Properties panel, or press &amp;lt;a&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on the face to place the ''end'' of the arc.&lt;br /&gt;
#:The arc is drawn, but is not yet locked. '''Note''': The arc might not be displayed until you move the pointer. &lt;br /&gt;
#Drag the arc to change its size, then click to lock the arc size. &lt;br /&gt;
#:The end point is the start of the next arc or line in the path. You can continue to place arcs, or change to lines (by clicking '''line''' on the '''Properties''' panel or by pressing &amp;lt;A&amp;gt;). &lt;br /&gt;
#If you are creating a cutout, close the path, either by ending a line or arc on the first point in the path, or by clicking '''Close Path''' in the Properties panel. Until the path is closed, it will not be displayed in the 3D View. (If you are creating a graphical object, it does not need to be closed, and will be displayed correctly in the 3D View.)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Path editing: Using the Trim and Merge tools to create cutouts====&lt;br /&gt;
The Trim and Merge tools provide quick ways to create paths for cutouts. The Merge tool lets you create an outline (path) by merging multiple shapes. The Trim tool lets you delete lines in intersecting shapes to create the path you want.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''''To merge two or more objects'''''&lt;br /&gt;
#Place two or more objects on a face, each overlapping at least part of one other object. &lt;br /&gt;
#:[[File:EXAMPLE-MERGE1_NEW.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the '''Edit''' button and select all the objects you want to merge. (If you select an object by accident, you can remove it by holding down the Shift key and clicking the object you accidentally selected.) &lt;br /&gt;
#:[[File:EXAMPLE-MERGE2_NEW.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Right-click within the selection and choose '''Merge''' from the popup menu. &lt;br /&gt;
#:[[File:EXAMPLE-MERGE3_NEW.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
#:The objects are merged into a single cutout. &lt;br /&gt;
#:[[File:EXAMPLE-MERGE4_NEW.png]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''''To edit a merged object'''''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If you select a merged object, each node in what is now a single object can be dragged to further change the object shape. In this example, the selected node (colored red) is being dragged up and to the right.  &lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:EXAMPLE-MERGE5_NEW.png]]    [[File:EXAMPLE-MERGE6_NEW.png]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Note'''  If you '''[[Cutout_Library#Saving_a_cutout_to_the_Library_from_the_Face_Editor|save the merged items as a cutout]]''', you might want to then '''[[Cutout_Library#Changing_the_origin_of_an_existing_cutout|change the saved cutout's origin]]''' to make it more useful for later placement, because Designer does not have control over where the origin ends up after merging objects. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''''To trim two or more objects'''''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In this example, a key slot is created with the Trim tool.&lt;br /&gt;
#Place a circle on the face.&lt;br /&gt;
#Add a rectangle to the bottom of the face, overlapping it. &lt;br /&gt;
#:[[File:example-Trim1_NEW.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the '''Edit''' button and select both objects.&lt;br /&gt;
#:[[File:example-Trim2_NEW2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the '''Trim''' button.&lt;br /&gt;
#:The outline of each object is outlined, the cursor icon turns into an eraser (not shown in these examples).&lt;br /&gt;
#:[[File:example-Trim3_NEW.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Use the eraser to eliminate the lines you do not want.&lt;br /&gt;
#:[[File:example-Trim4_NEW.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
#When you are done, press the '''Esc''' key on your keyboard, or click any other button on the Mode toolbar, to exit the Trim mode.  &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#ff0000&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Important!'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; If you click the '''Accept and Close''' button now, the trims will not be saved.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
#:The remaining path is now a cutout and is displayed as such. &lt;br /&gt;
#:[[File:example-Trim5.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
:'''Tip:''' A notch could have been created by removing different lines in the same overlap:&lt;br /&gt;
::[[File:example-TrimNotch1_NEW.png]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''See Also: '''&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Face Editor#Cutouts|Drawing cutouts]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Solving problems with merging objects====&lt;br /&gt;
If objects being merged are very close to matching in size but are not perfectly matching, Designer can encounter redrawing issues that result in the cutouts disappearing and reappearing in the design. To fix such problems while retaining inexact matches, trim all the segments that are causing the problems, as described in this topic. (To ensure that objects match exactly, use the grid or specify positions as described in [[Creating_custom_vents | Creating custom vents]].) Note that although both topics use vent slots as an example, the same general procedures apply to any merged cutout.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In this example, a vent slot was made by joining two circles and a rectangle. After the rectangle was drawn, the circles were added visually to each end of the rectangle, nearly perfectly the same size as the rectangle but extending just slightly beyond its top and bottom:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:solving_merge_problems_1_NEW.png]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If you then merge them and click &amp;lt;Esc&amp;gt;, because the circle diameters are not exactly the same as the rectangle height, the image completely disappears from the 3D View, but the objects are still in the Face Editor view. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If you experience this problem but would like the slot to remain as designed, follow these steps to fix it. If you would like the slot to be the same size all the way across, delete the problem slot and draw a new one using either method given in the [[Creating_custom_vents | Creating custom vents]] topic. &lt;br /&gt;
#Click the '''Edit''' tool and select the two circles and the rectangle. &lt;br /&gt;
#:[[file:solving_trim_merge_problems_2_NEW.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Use the '''Trim''' tool to remove all the intersections of the circles with the rectangles that you do not want. Zoom in enough to see the tiny segments remaining, and remove them as well. &lt;br /&gt;
#:These two images show one of these tiny segments before and after being trimmed:&lt;br /&gt;
#:[[file:solving_trim_merge_problems_3_NEW.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#:[[file:solving_trim_merge_problems_4_NEW.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#When completed, click the &amp;lt;Esc&amp;gt; key or the '''Accept and Close''' button, and the objects are merged correctly.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Drawing lines==&lt;br /&gt;
#On the Mode toolbar, click the '''Line''' tool.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click and hold down the mouse button to start the line.&lt;br /&gt;
#Drag to set the end of the line.&lt;br /&gt;
#When you are finished drawing lines, click the '''Edit''' tool [[File:tool-edit_NEW.png|80px|bottom]] or press &amp;lt;Esc&amp;gt;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Drawing arcs==&lt;br /&gt;
#On the Mode toolbar, click the '''Arc''' tool.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click and hold down the mouse button to start the line that will describe the arc. &lt;br /&gt;
#Drag the line, and release the mouse button at the end of the arc. &lt;br /&gt;
#Move the mouse to a point on the arc and drag to resize it; when it is the size you wish, click the mouse to complete the arc. &lt;br /&gt;
#When you are finished drawing arcs, click the '''Edit''' tool [[File:tool-edit_NEW.png|80px|bottom]] or press &amp;lt;Esc&amp;gt;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Adding text==&lt;br /&gt;
#On the Mode toolbar, click the '''Text''' button.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on the face and begin typing.&lt;br /&gt;
#*'''Note''': After placing one piece of text, even if you press the '''&amp;lt;Enter&amp;gt;''' key, you are still in text mode; if you click elsewere on the face anywhere and type, you will enter more text at that new location. This allows you to enter multiple text blocks at a time. &lt;br /&gt;
#When you are finished adding text blocks, click the '''Edit''' tool [[File:tool-edit_NEW.png|80px|bottom]] or press &amp;lt;Esc&amp;gt;. &lt;br /&gt;
#Using the Properties panel, you can now change the '''Rotation''', '''Font''', '''Font Size''',  and '''Font Style'''. You can also edit the '''Text'''. For details, see '''[[Face Editor#Managing object properties|Managing object properties]]'''.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Adding special characters====&lt;br /&gt;
If working with the Windows version of Designer, special characters can be added using the key combination of ALT + the decimal ASCII code, as outlined in the [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_Unicode_characters#Latin_script linked Unicode table]. The values from the Latin and Latin 1 sections have been tested to work properly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is similar functionality in Linux and Mac environments, but the implementation of them is system specific. As an alternative, you can follow the procedure below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the symbol you are looking for cannot be found in that table, you can try adding any special character you require as follows. &lt;br /&gt;
#Copy the character.&lt;br /&gt;
#In Designer, paste the character into the text field in the Properties panel:&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:registered_trademark_example_NEW.png|border|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#:'''Tip'''   The method above places the symbol on the same baseline and in the same size as the text. Since the trademark symbol and the registered trademark symbol are typically in superscript, you can create this effect by adding the symbol to a text field of its own, making it a smaller font size, and placing it slightly higher than the text:&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:registered_trademark_example2_NEW.png|border|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''See Also'''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*'''[[Centering_text_on_a_face|Centering text on a face]]'''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Adding images==&lt;br /&gt;
You can add images (graphics files) to a face, in bitmap format (.BMP, .PNG, .GIF, .JPG, or .PDF), as well as Scalable vector graphics (.SVG). Other vector files (.AI, .EPS, .DXF, .DWG, or .PDF) can also be included for production purposes, though those formats are not displayed.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
'''Note''': A .PDF can be in either bitmap or vector format. For details and help in determining which yours is, see [http://visual-integrity.com/faqs/spotting-difference-vector-raster-pdf/  '''Spotting the Difference'''].&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If you have one or more complex images that wrap around cutouts and/or occupy a large portion of a face, you may want to use the Export/Import Face Template feature instead. For details, see [[Face_Editor#Exporting_and_importing_face_templates|'''Exporting and Importing Face Templates''']].&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the '''Image''' button [[File:Tool-image_NEW.png|80px]] on the Mode toolbar.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on the face where you want to place the image. The Choose Bitmap dialog is displayed. &lt;br /&gt;
#Navigate to and select the bitmap file, then click '''Open'''. ('''Note''': The file name might not be listed in the Open dialog, even though it is in the folder. In this case, enter the file name manually.) &lt;br /&gt;
#Designer does not yet display vector graphics; this functionality will be added to a future release. However, vector graphics produce much better results when the image has hard lines and curves, such as in a logo or any text, so after you add the bitmap graphic for display, Designer gives you the following options:&lt;br /&gt;
#*'''Add a vector image''': Click this button to navigate to and select the vector file version of the bitmap image that you loaded, in one of the supported vector file formats (.SVG, .AI, .EPS, .DXF, .DWG, or .PDF).&lt;br /&gt;
#*'''Have us fix the image''': Click this button if you do not have a vector file version and would like Protocase to create it for you. You will be informed of the added fee. Note that graphics with subtle gradients or fine detail might be impossible to recreate; if this is the case, you will be informed after the file is received. &lt;br /&gt;
#*'''Leave it alone''': Click this button to if you do not have a vector file version but do not want Protocase to create one for you, knowing that pixelation might occur in any hard lines or curves. &lt;br /&gt;
#After selecting one of these options, the image is added to the face.&lt;br /&gt;
'''Notes''': &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* It is recommended to set silkscreen quality (Edit-&amp;gt;Preferences-&amp;gt;Display Settings) to at least 70% to display images clearly.&lt;br /&gt;
*Do not attempt to save a flat image as one of the supported vector types for importing into Designer. &lt;br /&gt;
*Extra charges will be incurred if the graphic is on any powder coating other than white, since an underbase must be applied for the graphic to be visible and the proper color, and a silhouette of the image must be created for that underbase. You will be informed of the extra charges before production begins. &lt;br /&gt;
* If using Inkscape to work with your SVG file, be aware that FlowText (and FlowRoot), used by Inkscape in certain circumstances, is not part of the SVG standard and may cause issues when importing. This can be corrected by selecting the text then going to menu Text-&amp;gt;Unflow or hitting (Shift-Alt-W). Then delete the &amp;quot;ghost&amp;quot; image that appears outside the draw box and save the file as &amp;quot;Plain SVG&amp;quot;. This should allow the SVG image to import.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Exporting images====&lt;br /&gt;
You can export an image from a face. The graphic is exported to a .PNG file.&lt;br /&gt;
#In the Face Editor, click the '''Edit''' button on the Mode toolbar, then click the image you want to export. &lt;br /&gt;
#Click the '''Save Image To File''' button in the Properties panel. The Save dialog opens. &lt;br /&gt;
#Choose the folder, enter the file name, and click '''Save'''. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Importing fonts==&lt;br /&gt;
You can import your own fonts to be used on a face.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the '''Graphics''' menu in the face editor.&lt;br /&gt;
#Select '''Import font'''.&lt;br /&gt;
#Select the font you would like to import, and click '''open'''.&lt;br /&gt;
'''Notes''': &lt;br /&gt;
*Some fonts do not silkscreen well, and if used with silkscreening we will review your design manually before approving it. &lt;br /&gt;
*Typically, 13pt fonts and above will not generate problems. If you are using a font with no slim lines or features, sometimes you may go as low as 9pts. &lt;br /&gt;
*If the paint used on your enclosure is Sandtex or other rough paint, an additional 2pts size is recommended.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Using the Measure tool=&lt;br /&gt;
The Measure tool lets you measure between two points on a face, and move and/or align one object precisely in relation to another one.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
'''See Also:'''&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Face_Editor#Displaying_measurements|Dimensions: Displaying measurements for review]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Aligning_cutouts_on_opposite_faces|Aligning cutouts on opposite faces]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Using the Measure tool to determine the distance between two points on objects or anywhere on a face==&lt;br /&gt;
#On the Mode toolbar, click the '''Measure''' button. [[File:tool-measure_NEW.png|80px|bottom]]&lt;br /&gt;
#On the face, click the start point (the object or location that is to be the reference point), then click the end point (the object or location that is to be placed in reference to the starting point). &lt;br /&gt;
#:The '''x difference''', '''y difference''', and '''total distance''' are displayed in the Properties panel.&lt;br /&gt;
#:[[File:Window-faceeditor-ushape-measure1_NEW.png|600px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#You can continue measuring distances in the same way. When done, click the '''Edit''' tool [[File:tool-edit_NEW.png|80px|bottom]] or press &amp;lt;Esc&amp;gt;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Using the Measure tool to move an object a specific distance from another object==&lt;br /&gt;
You can use the Measure tool to move an object a specific distance from another object. This example shows how to move the centre of a circle cutout 5 inches to the right and 3 inches below the bottom right corner of a rectangle cutout.&lt;br /&gt;
#On the Mode toolbar, click the '''Measure''' button. [[File:tool-measure_NEW.png|80px|bottom]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the bottom right corner of the rectangle cutout.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the centre of the circle cutout. &lt;br /&gt;
#:The '''x difference''', '''y difference''', and '''distance''' are displayed in the Properties panel.&lt;br /&gt;
#:[[File:window-faceeditor-ushape-front-measure1_NEW.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Enter &amp;quot;5&amp;quot; in '''x difference''' and &amp;quot;-3&amp;quot; in '''y difference'''.&lt;br /&gt;
#:The circle cutout moves based on the new values. (The first point you click is the reference point; the second point you click moves relative to the reference point. Positive or negative x values move up or down, respectively, and positive or negative y values move right or left, respectively.)&lt;br /&gt;
#:[[File:window-faceeditor-ushape-front-measure-moved1_NEW.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Using the Measure tool to specify both distance and alignment between objects==&lt;br /&gt;
You can use the Measure tool to specify both distance and alignment between objects. Once you determine the absolute coordinate for one object, the Measure tool lets you place all other objects on the face relative to that object. &lt;br /&gt;
#On the Mode toolbar, click the '''Measure''' button. [[File:tool-measure_NEW.png|80px|bottom]]&lt;br /&gt;
#On the face, click the start point (the point that is to be the reference point), then click the end point (the point of an object that is to be placed in reference to the starting point). &lt;br /&gt;
#:An arrow is displayed from the start to end points, and the Properties panel displays the '''x difference''', '''y difference''', and '''distance''' between the two points.  &lt;br /&gt;
#:[[File:Window-faceeditor-ushape-measure1_NEW2.png|500 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Edit the '''x difference''' and/or '''y difference''' to position the second point in relation to the first. For example, to position an object one inch away from an existing object along both the X and Y axes, enter a '''y difference''' of  &amp;quot;1&amp;quot; and an '''x difference''' of &amp;quot;1&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
#:'''Note:''' If you do not need to measure or specify a distance between two objects, you can align them using the [[Face_Editor#Align_and_distribute_objects| '''Alignment tools''']] in the Properties panel.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Displaying measurements==&lt;br /&gt;
The '''Dimension''' tool lets you display the distance between any two points on a face. You can then take a screenshot with the measurements displayed, for peer reviews or other purposes.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''''To measure and display the distance between two points'''''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#On the Mode toolbar, click the '''Dimension''' button. [[File:Button-Dimension_NEW.png|80px|bottom]]&lt;br /&gt;
#:The distance of &amp;quot;0.000&amp;quot; is displayed at the cursor position, which is the current endpoint. &lt;br /&gt;
#Click the first endpoint of the distance you wish to measure, then move the cursor. &lt;br /&gt;
#:As you begin to move the cursor, the distance between the endpoint and the cursor position is displayed. &lt;br /&gt;
#:[[File:example-Dimension-1_NEW.png|border]]&lt;br /&gt;
#:If you make an error, click the '''Undo''' button in the Face Editor toolbar.&lt;br /&gt;
#:When the cursor is near an object, it snaps to the important points of the object (its center, or one of the compass points on its outline), a green circle is drawn around the snap-to point, and the lines turn green. &lt;br /&gt;
#:[[File:example-Dimension-2_NEW.png|border]]&lt;br /&gt;
#:The lines turn red when the measurement does not have any meaning. There are only three types of measurements that have meaning:&lt;br /&gt;
#::The distance between the two points;&lt;br /&gt;
#::The distance in the x axis (when the lines are vertical and the arrows are horizontal); and&lt;br /&gt;
#::The distance in the y axis (when the lines are horizontal and the arrows are vertical).&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the second endpoint of the distance you wish to measure. &lt;br /&gt;
#:A second line parallel to the first line is drawn, and the distance between the lines is displayed.  The displayed distance changes as you move the cursor. This example shows the distance between the parallel centers of the square and the circle. &lt;br /&gt;
#:[[File:example-Dimension-3_NEW.png|border]]&lt;br /&gt;
#When the lines and distance are the way you want them, click the mouse. &lt;br /&gt;
#:The displayed lines and measurements are saved to the face, and the measurement is reset to 0.000 at the cursor position. You can add more measurements to the screen in this way. &lt;br /&gt;
#:[[File:example-Dimension-4_NEW.png|border]]&lt;br /&gt;
#:'''Tip:''' You can display the measurement with the lines at an angle to their endpoints. For example, here the distance is shown between the bottom of the rectangle and the bottom of the circle:&lt;br /&gt;
#:[[File:example-Dimension-5_NEW.png|border]]&lt;br /&gt;
#:and here the user drags the cursor to a position at an angle:&lt;br /&gt;
#:[[File:example-Dimension-6_NEW.png|border]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''''To delete a displayed measurement'''''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Do either of the following:&lt;br /&gt;
*Right-click one of the lines in the measurement and choose '''Delete''' from the floating menu. &lt;br /&gt;
*Highlight the line and press the &amp;lt;Delete&amp;gt; key.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''''See Also''''' &lt;br /&gt;
*[[Face Editor#Measuring distances|Using the Measure tool]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Using the grid=&lt;br /&gt;
Use the grid to quickly place and align objects.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that for precise positioning of an object, especially when placing objects relative to other objects, you can also use the [[Face_Editor#Measuring_distances | '''Measure''' tool]] or the [[Face_Editor#Aligning_and_distributing_objects | '''alignment and distribution''']] buttons in the Properties panel. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Turn on/off the Grid===&lt;br /&gt;
#Do one of the following:&lt;br /&gt;
#*On the Standard toolbar, click Toggle Grid. [[File:button-togglegrid_NEW.png|bottom]]&lt;br /&gt;
#*On the Grid menu, select '''Toggle Grid'''.&lt;br /&gt;
#Repeat to toggle the state of the grid.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:window-faceeditor-ushape-cutout-grid_NEW.png|600px|thumb|left|Grid on with 2 in width and height]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Turning on/off Snap to Grid===&lt;br /&gt;
#Do one of the following:&lt;br /&gt;
#*On the Standard toolbar, click '''Snap to Grid''' [[File:button-snapgrid_NEW.png|bottom]]&lt;br /&gt;
#*On the Grid menu, click '''Snap to Grid'''.&lt;br /&gt;
#Repeat to toggle the state of '''Snap to Grid'''.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Changing grid size and offset===&lt;br /&gt;
#On the Standard toolbar, click [[File:button-gridsize_NEW.png|bottom]] or choose '''Grid Size''' from the '''Grid''' menu.&lt;br /&gt;
#In the Grid Size dialog that opens, change any of the following values:&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:dialogbox-faceeditor-gridsize_NEW.png|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Width''': Horizontal distance between grid lines.&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Height''': Vertical distance between grid lines.&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Offset Width''': Horizontal offset of grid lines from default grid position.&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Offset Height''': Vertical offset of grid lines from default grid position.&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Grid Opacity''': Opacity of the grid lines. Move the slider to left for lighter lines or the right for darker lines.&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Save as Default Grid Size''': Use the current grid size when editing all faces in the Face Editor Window.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|If you change the Grid Size and do not check '''Save as Default Grid Size''', the grid will revert back to the default size after closing the Face Editor, even if you re-open the same face.}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:window-faceeditor-ushape-cutout-gridoffset_NEW.png|500px|thumb|left|Grid with 2 in width and height, 1 in Offset Width and Offset Height]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Managing object properties=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:top_of_properties_panel_NEW.png|thumb|Top of Properties panel]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:window-faceeditor-propertiespane-circle-silkscreen_NEW.png|thumb|Properties panel for silkcreened circle]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:window-faceeditor-propertiespane-text-silkscreen_NEW.png|thumb|Properties panel for silkscreened text]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Top of Properties Panel===&lt;br /&gt;
* Click the line that reads &amp;quot;Click to Expand Context Help&amp;quot; to read usage tips for the current object you are editing (circle, ellipse, text, etcetera). Click anywhere in the upper panel again to hide the help. &lt;br /&gt;
* For help on the Layers buttons and its toolbar, please see [[Face Editor#Adding and managing layers|Adding and managing layers]].&lt;br /&gt;
* The checkbox &amp;quot;On This Side&amp;quot; is selected when the object is on the side that you are editing. Clear the check box to move the object to the other side of the face. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Tip''': You can right-click any object and choose Properties to open the Properties dialog, where you can change various properties depending on the object.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Fill===&lt;br /&gt;
* Select the check box to fill in the object. The line thickness option is not available when the check box is selected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Line Thickness===&lt;br /&gt;
* Select a value from the list below the '''Filled''' check box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Color===&lt;br /&gt;
* Select a color by clicking the current color shown in the Properties panel, which opens the color menu. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Type===&lt;br /&gt;
* Change the object type by selecting a different type from the list.&lt;br /&gt;
* Object types include:&lt;br /&gt;
:Cutout&lt;br /&gt;
:Graphic (Silkscreen or Digital Print)&lt;br /&gt;
:Exclusion&lt;br /&gt;
:Construct&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Origin===&lt;br /&gt;
* Change the location of the X and Y origins of an object with respect to the absolute coordinate system.&lt;br /&gt;
* Enter a number and press the Tab key to accept.&lt;br /&gt;
* The origin of an object is indicated by a red square.&lt;br /&gt;
* The origin for each object is determined as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
:'''Circles''' -- centre&lt;br /&gt;
:'''Ellipses''' -- centre&lt;br /&gt;
:'''Rectangles''' -- corner closes to the absolute origin&lt;br /&gt;
:'''Text''' -- bottom left corner&lt;br /&gt;
:'''Paths''' -- start point&lt;br /&gt;
:'''Lines''' -- start point&lt;br /&gt;
:'''Images''' -- bottom left corner&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''See Also'''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Cutout_Library#Changing_the_origin_of_an_existing_cutout|Changing the origin of an existing cutout]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Circles===&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Radius, Diameter''' -- Changing one of these properties will automatically update the other. Diameter is twice the radius.&lt;br /&gt;
===Ellipses===&lt;br /&gt;
* '''RadiusX''' -- Radius along X-axis (defines horizontal length).&lt;br /&gt;
* '''RadiusY''' -- Radius along Y-axis (defines vertical length).&lt;br /&gt;
===Rectangles===&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Width, Height''' -- Width and Height of the object.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Rotation''' -- Angle with respect to origin in degrees. Positive value rotates object clockwise and negative value rotates object counter-clockwise&lt;br /&gt;
===Lines===&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Length''' -- Distance from origin to end point.&lt;br /&gt;
===Images===&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Width, Height''' -- Width and height of the object.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Rotation''' -- Angle with respect to origin in degrees. Positive value rotates object clockwise and negative value rotates object counter-clockwise&lt;br /&gt;
===Text===&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Rotation''' -- Angle with respect to origin in degrees. Positive value rotates object clockwise and negative value rotates object counter-clockwise&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Font''' -- Change the font to Arial, Courier, Garamond, Avant Garde, Times New Roman, Palatino, Bookman, Handwriting, Lucida Sans, Garamond, Verdana, Viking Stencil, Times New Roman, USAAF Stencil, Marketing Script-Shadow, Marketing Script, or Octin Stencil. Unicode characters (language scripts, punctuation marks, diacritics, mathematical and technical symbols, etc.) are also supported; see [[Face Editor#Adding_special_characters|'''Adding special characters''']].&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Font Size''' -- Change the font size within the available range of 9-99 points. '''Note''': Available font sizes are based on quality for the given materials. For example, Times Roman requires a minimum font size of 11 points. Also, colored letters on signal white powdercoat base are legible to 6 pt font for both Serif and Sans Serif fonts. For colored letters on non-white powdercoat, minimum font size is 10 pt for Serif fonts and 8 pt for Sans Serif fonts.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Font Style''' -- Change the font style to Regular, Bold, Bold Italic, or Italic.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Text''' -- Change the text to appear on the face. Press the Tab key to accept.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Path===&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Rotation''' -- Angle with respect to origin in degrees. Positive value rotates object clockwise and negative value rotates object counter-clockwise&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Adding notes==&lt;br /&gt;
You can add Notes to objects to communicate your design intentions to our Engineering &amp;amp; Design Services team. For example:&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;Round the corners of this rectangle to a radius of .05 inches.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;Put a hinged door over this cutout.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;Put rubber feet on this face.”&lt;br /&gt;
To add a note about a non-stocked item such as permanent marking or piano hinges, you can draw the area for it in the proper location, using the '''Construct''' mode, and attach a note asking our Engineering &amp;amp; Design Services team to add it for you. Any object can have multiple notes. You can also add general notes (not attached to any specific object) to a face or part. '''Note''': If your notes result in significant design changes (such as a request for a non-stocked item), the quote that Designer generates might not be accurate. After you submit the file, Protocase Engineering &amp;amp; Design Services will give you the correct quote.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''''To add a note to an object'''''&lt;br /&gt;
#In the Face Editor, select the object that needs a note. &lt;br /&gt;
#Type the note in the blank text window in the Properties panel. When done, click either arrow above the text box, or any other tool in the Properties panel. &lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:notes_tools_in_face_editor_NEW.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
#:If the object already has a note, it will be displayed in the text window; to add another note to the object, click the '''New''' button, which clears the text window so you can enter another note.&lt;br /&gt;
#:Every note you enter is saved with the object. If the object has multiple notes, use the forward and back arrows to view them. You can edit each note at any time.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''''To add a general note'''''&lt;br /&gt;
#In the Face Editor or 3D View toolbar, click the '''Part Tree''' [[File:3D_View_-_Part_Tree_button_NEW.png|40px]] button.&lt;br /&gt;
#In the tree list view, click the part of the enclosure that makes most sense to add the note.&lt;br /&gt;
#Type the note in the bottom text window. In the following example, a note was added to the assembly.  &lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:Assembly_Tree_example_NEW.png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
The note is saved when you close the window or move to another part of it.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''''To delete a note'''''&lt;br /&gt;
* Display the note, then click the '''Delete''' button.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''''To review all notes for a design'''''&lt;br /&gt;
#In the 3D Editor, select '''View &amp;gt; View Notes'''. The Notes Viewer window opens, where you can see all notes for all faces at a glance. &lt;br /&gt;
#:[[File:view_notes_window_NEW.png|500 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#To go to the object and its notes in the Face Editor, highlight any note for the object, then click the '''Go to Face''' button. The Face Editor will open, with the object selected.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Adding cutouts=&lt;br /&gt;
You can add built-in and custom cutouts to your enclosure.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''See Also:'''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Cutout_Library|Cutout Library Overview]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Creating_custom_vents|Creating custom vents]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Adding a cutout by browsing the Cutout Library===&lt;br /&gt;
Use this method to get a summary description and image of each item in the library. &lt;br /&gt;
#In the Face Editor, choose '''Cutout Library and Fasteners''' &amp;gt; '''Cutout Library'''.&lt;br /&gt;
#Browse through the listings, clicking any one you are interested in to display it and its description. &lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:library_manager_NEW.png|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the '''Place Item''' button to load the displayed cutout. You are returned to the Face Editor, and the cursor changes to an image of the cutout. &lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:Cursor_changes_when_click_place_item_button_NEW.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on the face in each location where you want to place the cutout.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:Cursor_stays_to_place_item_multiple_times_NEW.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#When you are done, press &amp;lt;Esc&amp;gt; or click any Mode tool to exit the placement process.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Adding a cutout by selecting it from the Cutout Library and Fasteners menu===&lt;br /&gt;
Use this method when you know exactly which cutout you want to load.&lt;br /&gt;
#In the Face Editor, drill down through the '''Cutout Library and Fasteners''' &amp;gt; '''main library''' or '''personal library''' listings, and click on the name of the cutout that you want to load. &lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:Adding cutouts menu_NEW.png|600px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#The cursor changes to an image of the cutout; click each location on the face where you want to place the cutout. &lt;br /&gt;
#When you are done, press &amp;lt;Esc&amp;gt; or click any Mode tool to exit the placement process.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Adding &amp;quot;D&amp;quot; port cutouts==&lt;br /&gt;
You can add a &amp;quot;D&amp;quot;-shaped cutout (a circle with one side flattened) to your enclosure design.&lt;br /&gt;
#In the Face Editor, choose '''Place DPort''' from the '''Cutout Library and Fasteners''' menu and click the face to place it. The D-cutout is added in a default size, which you can change using the fields in the Properties panel. &lt;br /&gt;
#To place multiple cutouts, copy and paste it. &lt;br /&gt;
'''See Also:''' [[Creating double-d cutouts|Creating Double-D cutouts]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Adding a circular gauge==&lt;br /&gt;
You can add a circular gauge graphic, which is a circle or arc shape with numbered notches, according to your requirements.&lt;br /&gt;
#In the Face Editor, choose ''' Place Circular Gauge ''' from the '''Cutout Library and Fasteners''' menu and click the face to place it.&lt;br /&gt;
#Once the circular gauge is placed, click ''' Move Item ''' or press Escape so that your circular gauge is selected. &lt;br /&gt;
#You can customize the circular gauge to your requirements, including color, line thickness, number of ticks, angle, label and more.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Adding cutouts that cross the edge of a face==&lt;br /&gt;
You can configure Designer to allow you to choose to cut the edge of the face when placing an object across a face boundary. This is also known as making notches. Click here to read a blog post about the usefulness of notches: http://www.protocase.com/blog/2017/05/02/what-to-do-when-cutouts-and-other-components-need-to-be-placed-close-to-a-bend/&lt;br /&gt;
#In [[Preferences_dialog_box | '''Preferences''']], set '''Error Response''' to ''ASK.'' This will cause Designer to prompt you to choose whether to accept or reject the placement when you draw or move a cutout so that it lies across the boundary.&lt;br /&gt;
#Also in Preferences, clear the '''Cut Face''' check box. (If you select the check box, Designer will not give you a choice, but will automatically cut the boundary.)&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:Cut-face preferences_NEW.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''OK''' to save the Preferences settings. &lt;br /&gt;
#:From now on, when you draw or move an object across a boundary, you receive the prompt, as shown below when a rectangle is being created across the panel's top.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#:[[File:cut_face_prompt_NEW.png]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#:If you choose '''Accept and Cut Face''', the face is cut accordingly:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#:[[File:After-cutting-face_NEW.png]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Adding hardware=&lt;br /&gt;
You can easily add hardware on your enclosure to accommodate various components, such as self-clinching fasteners and handles. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Adding self-clinching fasteners==&lt;br /&gt;
Protocase uses PEM&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;®&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; brand self-clinching fasteners.&lt;br /&gt;
#In the Face Editor, choose '''Cutout Library and Fasteners''' &amp;gt; '''Place Self Clinching Fasteners'''.&lt;br /&gt;
#:The Self Clinching Fastener Selection dialog opens. &lt;br /&gt;
#:[[File:self-clinching_fastener_selection_dialog_NEW.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Select the type ('''Nuts''', '''Standoffs''', or '''Studs''') and then select the '''Thread Type'''.&lt;br /&gt;
#:If you are adding standoffs or studs, the available thread '''Lengths''' are displayed. (Nuts do not have thread lengths, so if you are adding a nut, skip the next step.)&lt;br /&gt;
#Select the thread '''Length'''. &lt;br /&gt;
#:The available '''Part Numbers''' are displayed. &lt;br /&gt;
#Select a '''Part Number'''. &lt;br /&gt;
#:'''Note:''' Parts displayed with strikeout through the name are incompatible with the enclosure's current material type and/or thickness, and cannot be selected. If you continue with the incompatible design, you will receive a design check error when you estimate, order, or use the design check feature.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#:Because fasteners have a minimum metal thickness, larger fasteners are not listed if the current enclosure material is too thin for them, or if the material is stainless steel and the fastener is zinc-coated. (Zinc-coated fastener names end with &amp;quot;ZI&amp;quot;.) Some materials, especially stainless steel, require special fasteners. These cost a little more than standard ones. &lt;br /&gt;
#Click the '''Place PEM''' button, and then click on the face wherever you want to add the fastener(s). Note that if you try to place fasteners that are incompatible with the enclosure material, you receive a warning, as you did when you selected the incompatible Part Number.&lt;br /&gt;
#When you are done adding fasteners, click the '''Edit''' button [[File:tool-edit_NEW.png|80px|bottom]] or press the '''Esc''' key.&lt;br /&gt;
#:[[File:window-faceeditor-pem_NEW.png|400px|Placing Self-Clinching Fasteners]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#:[[File:window-main-pem_NEW2.png|400px|Self-Clinching Fasteners on bottom face (cover hidden)]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''See Also''':&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Selecting_height_of_self-clinching_fasteners_based_on_material_thickness | '''Selecting height of self-clinching fasteners based on material thickness''']]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Adding hardware such as handles==&lt;br /&gt;
#On the Standard toolbar, click '''Grid''' [[File:button-togglegrid_NEW.png|35px|bottom]] to show the grid.&lt;br /&gt;
#On the '''Cutout Library and Fasteners''' menu, click '''Cutout Library''', point to '''Hardware''', then select a hardware item.&lt;br /&gt;
#When you are done adding hardware, click the '''Edit''' tool [[File:tool-edit_NEW.png|40px|bottom]].&lt;br /&gt;
#:[[File:window-faceeditor-ushape-handles_NEW.png|600px|Placing handles]]&lt;br /&gt;
#:[[File:window-main-ushape-handles_NEW.png|600px|U-Shape enclosure with handles]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Adding Rubber Feet==&lt;br /&gt;
#On the '''Cutout Library and Fasteners''' menu, click '''Cutout Library''', point to '''Hardware''', then '''Rubber Feet'''. Select the rubber foot you require: Large Rubber Foot, Medium Rubber Foot, Small Rubber Foot or Tapered (which is attached via adhesive).&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:Cutout_Library_-_Medium_Rubber_Feet.png|600px|]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''Place This Item''' to place the rubber foot in your desired location.  &lt;br /&gt;
#In order to have a stable enclosure, you will then need to place the same rubber foot in the other three corners of your enclosure. &lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:Cutout Library - 4 Rubber Feet Placed.png|600px|]]&lt;br /&gt;
#The Protocase Engineering team recommends placing each rubber foot at least 0.5 or 1 inch away from the edges of your enclosure. If your enclosure is very large, you may go even farther from the edge if required.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Adding countersinks, tapped holes, and screws==&lt;br /&gt;
====Adding a countersink to a face====&lt;br /&gt;
#In the Face Editor, choose the face you want, and draw a circle for the countersink hole. &lt;br /&gt;
#Select the new '''Countersink''' check box in the Properties panel. &lt;br /&gt;
#:The '''Select Thread''' dialog opens, where a default Thread Size is displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
#:[[File:checkbox-and-list-countersink_NEW.png|border]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''OK''' to select the default, or click the down-arrow to select a different size and then click '''OK'''.&lt;br /&gt;
#:'''Note: Thread Size''' includes the angle of the countersink on the head, and the standard thread size. For example, a thread size of &amp;quot;100.0° #2&amp;quot; indicates a countersink angle of 100 degrees, with the standard #2 thread size.)&lt;br /&gt;
#If you chose a countersink size that is not the same size as the hole, a warning message is displayed and you are given the option to correct it. Click '''Yes''' to have the hole size changed to match the selected countersink size. Click '''No''' if you want a different tolerance than is specified for the screw.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:message-incorrect-cutout-size_NEW.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
#:The countersink is drawn on the face.&lt;br /&gt;
#:[[File:countersink_NEW.png]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#:Note that in the Face Editor, the countersink is indicated with a solid circle with a circle around it. The outside circle indicates the outside diameter of the head of the screw, so you should keep it clear from any intercepting cutouts, other fasteners, etcetera.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Adding a tapped hole to a face====&lt;br /&gt;
'''Important!''' Tapping holes in thin sheet metal is not recommended, since it is too thin for threads. Please consider using a self-clinching nut instead.&lt;br /&gt;
#In the Face Editor, choose the face you want, and draw a circle for the tapped hole. &lt;br /&gt;
#Select the new '''Tapped''' check box. &lt;br /&gt;
#:The '''Select Thread''' dialog opens, where a default Thread Size is displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
#:[[File:checkbox-and-list-tapped_hole_NEW.png|border]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''OK''' to select the default, or click the down-arrow to select a different size and then click '''OK'''.&lt;br /&gt;
#:'''Note: Thread Size''' includes the hole diameter along with the standard screw types. For example, a thread size of &amp;quot;2-56 [0.07]&amp;quot; indicates the standard 2-56 screw type with a diameter of 0.07&amp;quot; for the threaded hole. The minor diameter is used along with some tolerance so that it does not bind.&lt;br /&gt;
#If you chose a thread size that is not the same size as the circle, a warning message is displayed and you are given the option to correct it. Click '''Yes''' to have the circle changed to match the selected thread size. Click '''No''' if you want a different tolerance than is specified for the screw. ('''Important!''' In versions 4.4.9-Jul07 and higher, you are no longer given the option to change the hole size. It must be the same size as the circle.) &lt;br /&gt;
#:The tapped hole is drawn on the face.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#:[[File:Tapped_hole_in_face_editor_NEW.png]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#:Note that in the Face Editor, the tapped hole is indicated with a solid circle with a ''partial'' circle around it. The outside circle indicates the outside diameter of the head of the screw, so you should keep it clear from any intercepting cutouts, other fasteners, etcetera.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Adding screws to a face====&lt;br /&gt;
*Screws are included in each template (along with its hole cutout), and do not have to be added manually. However, when you load a new template, you can '''[[3D_View_Window#Changing_assembly_properties|select the screw type and color]]'''. &lt;br /&gt;
*A Flathead screw will be countersunk by default. Even if you choose an enclosure with a different default screw and change it to Flathead, it will use a countersunk screw.&lt;br /&gt;
*You cannot replace a screw with another screw; you can only replace it with a self-clinching fastener.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Replacing screws and PEMs====&lt;br /&gt;
You can review information on screws, and replace a screw with a PEM  (or replace a PEM with another PEM), as follows. (Note that you cannot replace a screw with another screw.)&lt;br /&gt;
#In the Face Editor, click '''Edit''', then select the screw. '''Note''': If the screw is grouped, you must first ungroup it. &lt;br /&gt;
#In the Properties panel, notice the new '''Replace...''' button, which includes the part name of the screw. (Only part of the part name is visible on the button; to read the entire name, hover over the button.)&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[file:SCREW_INFO.jpg|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#To replace the screw with a PEM (or a PEM with another PEM), click the button. The Self Clinching Fastener Selection dialog opens, where you select the '''Thread Type''' and '''Part Number''', and then click the '''Place PEM''' button. &lt;br /&gt;
''Alternate method'': Right-click a screw and choose '''Properties''' to review and/or replace the screw with a PEM. The Properties window also lets you edit the '''Origin(X)''', '''Origin(Y)''', '''Rotation''', and the side of the face that the screw sticks up out of.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Creating and adding a bracket or other subassembly==&lt;br /&gt;
You can create customized subassemblies and save them to the Cutout and Fasteners Library. You can then add them to enclosures at any point. In the following procedure, you create a bracket and save it as a subassembly, then add it to an enclosure.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''''To create and save a subassembly'''''&lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''New'''.&lt;br /&gt;
#:The New Assembly from Template dialog opens. &lt;br /&gt;
#:[[File:window-newassembly-noselection_NEW.png|400 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Choose the bracket that you want to customize, and then edit its parameters ('''Width''', '''Depth''', '''Height''', etc.) as necessary. &lt;br /&gt;
#:[[File:New4.4.9-Dialog-Brackets-NewAssemblySPECS_NEW2.png|400 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Add elements (cutouts for mounting, standoffs, etc.) as necessary to each face. When done, click the '''Accept Changes''' button. &lt;br /&gt;
#:The 3D View window opens.&lt;br /&gt;
#Choose '''Create Subassembly''' from the left hand panel.&lt;br /&gt;
#You will be prompted to select the face that is the mating face (that mounts onto the enclosure). &lt;br /&gt;
#:The New Library Item dialog opens. &lt;br /&gt;
#:[[File:New_library_item_dialog_NEW.png|300 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#You can enter or edit the following information for the bracket:&lt;br /&gt;
#:'''Name''': Note that a default name is provided that identifies the type of assembly, the mating face, and whether the mating face is on the top or bottom of the subassembly. For example, if you save an L bracket as a subassembly and select the outside of its base as the mating face, the default name in the New Library Item dialog is &amp;quot;L Bracket by Base - Bottom&amp;quot;. ''We recommend that you change this default, to ensure that the subassembly name remains unique.''&lt;br /&gt;
#:'''Part Number''' &lt;br /&gt;
#:'''Description''' &lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''OK.'''&lt;br /&gt;
#:You receive a message that the bracket has been added to your library. It is now listed in the '''Cutout Library and Fasteners''' menu.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#:'''Note on subassembly origin and placement''': The default origin for placement is the default origin of the subassembly template. In the 3D View, the origin is displayed with a red dot and arrows. In the Face Editor, the origin is displayed with blue arrows, and the '''x''' and '''y''' values in the Properties panel refer to this origin point. When placing a subassembly on an enclosure, the origin will be placed precisely where you click the enclosure face.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''''To place a subassembly on an enclosure'''''&lt;br /&gt;
#Load the enclosure and select the face to which you will add the bracket.&lt;br /&gt;
#:'''Note''': If you have just saved a subassembly to the library, it remains displayed, and when you click '''New''' to load an enclosure, you are prompted to save the current project. If you plan on making further changes to the subassembly later, do save it as a project, since currently you cannot use the editing tool in the Cutout Library to edit it. (This will be fixed in a future release.)  &lt;br /&gt;
#In the Face Editor, make sure the correct '''Inside''' or '''Outside''' of the face is selected for the subassembly placement.&lt;br /&gt;
#From the '''Cutout Library and Fasteners''' menu, choose '''Cutout Library'''. The Library Manager window opens; select the subassembly that you want to add to the enclosure. &lt;br /&gt;
#Click the '''Place Item''' button. &lt;br /&gt;
#:The footprint (outline) of the mating face of the bracket is displayed as the cursor icon. &lt;br /&gt;
#Move the cursor (the footprint moves with it) to the desired location and click to drop it there; as noted above, the origin point of the assembly will be placed where you click. You can add multiple subassemblies in this way.&lt;br /&gt;
#Specify how you would like your sub-assembly attached: '''welding, self-clinching fasteners or other'''. &lt;br /&gt;
#Whether you choose welding or self-clinching fasteners, please provide as many specific details as you can. (Ex: specify the type of welding you would like, such as tack weld, plug weld, etc).&lt;br /&gt;
# For self-clinching fasteners, please provide as much detail as to what fastener you would like used. Ex: nuts, studs or standoffs. Include all of the key information, including part number, thread size and length. If you do not have a specific preference, please advise our Engineering &amp;amp; Design Services team that they may choose the most logical option.&lt;br /&gt;
#Choose &amp;quot;other&amp;quot; if you'd prefer to attach your sub-assembly yourself once you receive the completed order.&lt;br /&gt;
#'''Note''': Once you order your design, our Engineering &amp;amp; Design Services team may contact you if they require more information or need to clarify details. &lt;br /&gt;
#View video tutorial about sub-assemblies: https://youtu.be/XciURDevnXA&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Adding Graphics from the Graphics Library=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Graphics Library allows you to place common symbols and graphics, such as USB, Electrical Ground and Caution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once in the Face Editor, you can access the Library either via the left-hand menu under Tools, or in the top navigation menu under Library. Click Library, then choose Open Library. The Protocase Designer Library Manager will open up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Graphics library is organized by category: Electronic Symbols, Flags, Marks, Warning &amp;amp; Caution Symbols and Other. Click on the Category to expand the list and see all of the graphic symbols available. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Graphics_Library_-_Interface.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you’ve found the graphic symbol you want to place on your design, click the symbol name and then click Place this item. Resize and relocate the graphics symbol, just as you would with any other object.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: You can also change the color of your symbol, so long as the symbol you’ve placed is only one color in nature. (Any symbol that is more than one color, such as Electrostatic Sensitivity, Laser, Pacemaker and Two Person Lift, cannot be altered with different colors. Flag graphics' colors also cannot be changed).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Importing Components=&lt;br /&gt;
You can import STEP or DXF components of circuit boards, fans and other accessories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Importing STEP Files==&lt;br /&gt;
#In the 3D viewer, click Edit Face and select the face onto which you want to mount your component.&lt;br /&gt;
#Once in the Face Editor, under Imports, click Component. Protocase designer will open a browser window so you can select the STEP file you'd like to import. (Note: In order to see your component file, you may need to go to the Files of Type dropdown to change it from Body Files to All Files.)&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Importing a STEP Choosing Your Component.png|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#If your file is very large, Protocase Designer will display a loading warning. If the software takes longer than a minute or two to import your component, you may need to simplify the STEP file before importing it.&lt;br /&gt;
#Once your component file has been imported, you can select the face of your component that you would like mated with the face you are currently editing. Note: the exact spot where you place your cursor on a flat surface doesn’t matter. But be careful to not place your cursor on a small feature such as a pin or other part of your component that you don’t actually want to choose as your mating face.&lt;br /&gt;
#:[[File:Mating Face.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Once you click accept, you will be taken to the PEM editor dialog. This is where you can select the fasteners you want to mount your component. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Importing a STEP placing your fastener.png|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the checkmark to save your changes.&lt;br /&gt;
#Once back in the Face Editor, you can move your component to the desired location on the face, change the rotation, as well as make other edits to the face, including adding cutouts, graphics and more.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Importing DXF Files==&lt;br /&gt;
#Importing a DXF file of a component follows many of the same steps as importing a STEP file, with a few additional steps required.&lt;br /&gt;
#In the 3D viewer, click Edit Face and select the face onto which you want to mount your component.&lt;br /&gt;
#Once in the Face Editor, under Imports, click Component. Protocase designer will open a browser window so you can select the DXF file you'd like to import. (Note: In order to see your component file, you may need to go to the Files of Type dropdown to change it from Body Files to All Files.)&lt;br /&gt;
#Once Protocase Designer detects it is a DXF file being imported, an additional window will display that will allow you to customize how the DXF will be imported.&lt;br /&gt;
##Layers: DXF files contain many layers, and Protocase Designer cannot detect which layers actually need to be used. Use this tool to select which layers of your DXF you'd like to import. &lt;br /&gt;
##Thickness: Protocase Designer cannot automatically detect the thickness of your DXF file, so you can use this tool to set your thickness. Two important things to note – the thickness value is in inches – and your thickness choice will not be visible until the component is displayed in Protocase Designer’s 3D Editor. &lt;br /&gt;
##Units: Protocase Designer cannot currently detect units in DXF files (we are working on this!), so you will need to change the expected units. You can view the over bounds, which are displayed in inches. If you change the unit of measurement, the software will update the over bounds automatically. If your ideal unit of measurement is not listed as an option, you will need to convert the DXF’s units to inches before importing into Protocase Designer.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Importing a DXF - DXF Editor.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Once you have addressed Layers, Thickness and Units and made your desired changes, click the Accept button to save your changes and close the import tool. Protocase Designer will use the data you entered to generate a component from the DXF file you originally imported.&lt;br /&gt;
#Once your component file has been imported, you can select the face of your component that you would like mated with the face you are currently editing. Note: the exact spot where you place your cursor on a flat surface doesn’t matter. But be careful to not place your cursor on a small feature such as a pin or other part of your component that you don’t actually want to choose as your mating face.&lt;br /&gt;
#Once you click accept, you will be taken to the PEM editor dialog. This is where you can select the fasteners you want to mount your component. &lt;br /&gt;
(Tip: Make sure &amp;quot;Snap to Grid&amp;quot; is turned off, as it will allow you to place your fasteners precisely where you require them).&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Importing a DXF - Secondary DXF Editor.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the checkmark to save your changes.&lt;br /&gt;
#Once back in the Face Editor, you can move your component to the desired location on the face, change the rotation, as well as make other edits to the face, including adding cutouts, graphics and more.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Changing Your Mounting Fasteners==&lt;br /&gt;
#Because you placed your mounting self-clinching fasteners in the Secondary Face Editor (as recommended), Protocase Designer makes your components and the fasteners a grouped object.&lt;br /&gt;
#Select your component (which is a grouped object with your fasteners). In the right-hand menu, click Edit.&lt;br /&gt;
#You will return to the Secondary Face Editor, where you can select and delete the fasteners you previously chose, and add in new ones as needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Use Component Projection==&lt;br /&gt;
#Use the Component Projection feature to view an outline of your components when editing other faces in your Protocase Designer assembly. &lt;br /&gt;
#Once in the Face Editor, make sure the checkbox labeled Show Component Outline On Other Faces is checked. To control the amount of detail shown in your component projection outline, use the slider. Far left means very little detail. The farther to the right you go, the level of detail increases.&lt;br /&gt;
#:[[File:Component Projection in Face Editor.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Manipulating objects=&lt;br /&gt;
==Selecting object(s)==&lt;br /&gt;
#On the '''Drawing''' toolbar, select the '''Edit''' tool. [[File:tool-edit_NEW.png|40px|bottom]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Do one of the following:&lt;br /&gt;
#*To select a filled object, click anywhere on the object.&lt;br /&gt;
#*To select an unfilled object, click the border of the object.&lt;br /&gt;
#*To select multiple objects:&lt;br /&gt;
#**Click the first object, then down the &amp;lt;Shift&amp;gt; key and click the other objects; or&lt;br /&gt;
#**Click and drag a selection box over all the objects. &lt;br /&gt;
#::[[File:window-faceeditor-ushape-selection_NEW.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#:A light blue box is drawn each selected object, the origin of each object is displayed in red, and gray circles are drawn around each node.&lt;br /&gt;
#:[[File:selected_objects_NEW.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Editing object(s)==&lt;br /&gt;
'''''To edit a single object'''''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the '''Edit''' button on the Mode toolbar, select the object, then edit any of the fields in the '''[[Face_Editor#Managing_object_properties| Properties panel]]'''. &lt;br /&gt;
''or''&lt;br /&gt;
*Right-click the object and choose an editing command ('''Delete''', '''Rotate''', '''Properties''', '''Send Behind''', or '''Merge''') from the floating menu. If you choose '''Properties''', the Properties dialog opens, where you can edit additional properties specific to that object type. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''''To edit a group'''''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can edit the group as a whole, or you can edit each individual object in the group. To edit the group as a whole, follow the instructions above for a single object. To edit individual objects in a group:&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the '''Edit''' button in the Properties panel.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[file:editing_a_group1_NEW.png|border]]&lt;br /&gt;
#The group of objects is displayed in the Cutout Editor. This screen is like the Face Editor, but only the group of objects is displayed. You can now edit any of the individual objects in the group.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[file:editing_a_group2_NEW.png|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#When you are finished editing the objects in the group, click '''Accept and Close''' [[File:button-acceptclose_NEW.png|20px|bottom]] in the Face Editor toolbar. The Cutout Editor closes, and the group is displayed as usual in the Face Editor.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''See Also'''&lt;br /&gt;
*To ungroup the items, edit them individually, then regroup the items without leaving the Face Editor, see [[Face_Editor#Group_and_ungroup_objects|Grouping and ungrouping objects]].&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Moving object(s)==&lt;br /&gt;
To move a single object:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#Select the object.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click anywhere on the object and drag to the desired location.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To move several objects:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#Select all the objects.&lt;br /&gt;
#Press and hold the Shift key, then click any of the objects and drag to the desired location.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To move cutouts from one face to another:&lt;br /&gt;
#On each face that you want to switch, group the items, add the group as a single cutout to your cutout library, then delete the items. &lt;br /&gt;
#Add each grouped cutout from the Cutout Library to the desired face, then use the '''Measure''' tool to adjust the placement. Once the placement is correct, you can ungroup the items so they are easier to work with. &lt;br /&gt;
:For detailed instructions, see:&lt;br /&gt;
:*[[#Adding_cutouts|Adding cutouts]]&lt;br /&gt;
:*[[#Measuring_distances|Measuring distances]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Locking item(s)==&lt;br /&gt;
To lock a single object:&lt;br /&gt;
#Select the object.&lt;br /&gt;
#Check the &amp;quot;Is locked&amp;quot; button under the properties menu to lock the item.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To Lock several objects:&lt;br /&gt;
#Hold the shift button, and select all the objects you wish to lock.&lt;br /&gt;
#Check the &amp;quot;Is locked&amp;quot; button under the properties menu to lock the items.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Grouping and ungrouping objects==&lt;br /&gt;
'''''To group objects'''''&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the '''Edit''' button on the Mode toolbar.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click and drag the mouse to draw a box around the objects you want to group, or hold down the &amp;lt;Shift&amp;gt; key and select each object. &lt;br /&gt;
#Click the '''Group''' button in the Properties panel. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''''To ungroup objects'''''&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the '''Edit''' button on the Mode toolbar.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the group.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the '''ungroup''' button in the Properties panel.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Note'''  When grouped, the origin for the group is the origin of the first object created in the group. If you are saving a group as a cutout in the Cutout Library, then after saving it, you might want to '''[[Cutout_Library#Changing_the_origin_of_an_existing_cutout | change the origin]]''' to make it more useful for later placement.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''See Also'''&lt;br /&gt;
*[[FAQ#Is_there_an_easy_way_to_switch_the_faces_for_cutouts.3F_I_want_to_move_the_cutouts_from_the_front_to_the_back_face_and_vice_versa. | Grouping objects to switch faces for cutouts]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Cutout_Library#Saving_a_custom_cutout_to_the_Library_from_the_Face_Editor | Saving a group of objects as a single cutout to the Cutout Library]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Aligning and distributing objects==&lt;br /&gt;
You can arrange objects on a face using the Alignment and Distribute commands.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Select 2 or more objects.&lt;br /&gt;
#In the Properties panel, click an Alignment or Distribute command.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Alignment'''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:button-align-originvert.png]] Align Origins of Objects Vertically&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:button-align-top.png]] Align Tops of Objects&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:button-align-centervert.png]] Align Centers of Objects Vertically&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:button-align-bottom.png]] Align Bottoms of Objects&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:button-align-originhoriz.png]] Align Origins of Objects Horizontally&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:button-align-left.png]] Align Left Sides of Objects&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:button-align-centerhoriz.png]] Align Centers of Objects Horizontally&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:button-align-right.png]] Align Right Sides of Objects&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''''Notes:'''''&lt;br /&gt;
*Objects align to the first object selected.&lt;br /&gt;
*When using the selection marquee, objects align to the last object created.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:window-faceeditor-ushape-align_NEW.png|600px|thumb|left|Objects with bottoms aligned and centers distributed evenly]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Distribute'''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:button-distribute-originvert.png]] Distribute Origins Vertically&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:button-distribute-spacevert.png]] Distribute Space Vertically&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:button-distribute-top.png]] Distribute Distance Between Tops&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:button-distribute-centervert.png]] Distribute Centers Vertically&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:button-distribute-bottom.png]] Distribute Bottoms of Objects&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:button-distribute-originhoriz.png]] Distribute Origins Horizontally&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:button-distribute-spacehoriz.png]] Distribute Space Horizontally&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:button-distribute-left.png]] Distribute Left Sides of Objects&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:button-distribute-centerhoriz.png]] Distribute Centers Horizontally&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:button-distribute-right.png]] Distribute Right Side of Objects&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Cutting, copying, and pasting objects==&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the '''Edit''' tool and select one or more objects.&lt;br /&gt;
#To cut the object(s), click the '''Cut''' button [[File:Button-Cut_NEW.png|30px|bottom]] or choose '''Edit''' &amp;gt; '''Cut'''. To copy the object(s), click the '''Copy''' button [[File:Button-Copy_NEW.png|30px|bottom]] or choose '''Edit''' &amp;gt; '''Copy'''. &lt;br /&gt;
#After copying or cutting, click the '''Paste''' button [[File:Button-Paste_NEW.png|30px|bottom]] or choose '''Edit''' &amp;gt; '''Paste'''.&lt;br /&gt;
#:A copy of the object(s) is displayed under the cursor. &lt;br /&gt;
#Click the face to place the copied or cut object(s) at that location.&lt;br /&gt;
#Continue placing object(s) on the face and click the '''Edit''' tool [[File:tool-edit_NEW.png|80px|bottom]] or press the &amp;lt;Esc&amp;gt; key when you are done.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Undoing and Redoing actions==&lt;br /&gt;
Click the '''Undo''' [[File:keyslot_undo_button_NEW.png]] or '''Redo''' [[File:redo_button_NEW.png]] button in the Face Editor toolbar, or choose '''Undo''' or '''Redo''' from the '''Edit''' menu.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Adding and managing layers==&lt;br /&gt;
When working with complex designs, layering lets you group similar elements and hide all other elements in the editor. It can also affect the end product, depending on what is being layered. The default layer is always present and is always used first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Layer Toolbar'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each layer has its own toolbar, with the following buttons:&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:button-Layers-MoveUpInList.jpg]] Move the layer up in the list. &lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:button-Layers-MoveDownInList.jpg]] Move the layer down in the list. '''Note:''' The two Move buttons position the layers in the order that they will be produced, and in the order that they are drawn on the screen. The one exception to this is that cutouts are always displayed on top.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:button-Layers-EditLayer.jpg]] Edit the layer.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:button-Layers-ShowHideLayer.jpg]] Show/hide the layer. (This is a toggle button.) &lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:button-Layers-DeleteLayer.jpg]] Delete the layer. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''''To add a new layer '''''&lt;br /&gt;
#In the Face Editor, click the (unlabeled) '''New Layer''' button at the top of the '''Properties''' panel. &lt;br /&gt;
#:[[File:layer_controls_in_face_editor_NEW.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
#:The Input dialog opens. &lt;br /&gt;
#Enter a name for the layer (examples you might use: Output, Input, Buttons, Graphics, Power, Lights).&lt;br /&gt;
#:The layer is added to the Properties panel with its toolbar, and is automatically selected as the current layer. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''''To copy and paste between layers'''''&lt;br /&gt;
#Cut or copy the object(s) from one layer.&lt;br /&gt;
#Select the layer where you want the object(s) to be placed. &lt;br /&gt;
#Paste the object(s).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Important!''' When working with layers, be sure to check which layer you are working on before making any edits. The current layer is highlighted in the list.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Using the Array Tool==&lt;br /&gt;
The Array tool allows you to link a group of objects together that are placed on the face of the enclosure or part, such as self-cinching fasteners, cutouts or images. Using this tool, &lt;br /&gt;
you can position the objects relative to each other, or move them as a group, which is useful for keeping alignment and maintaining even spacing between objects. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''To create an array:'''&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the &amp;quot;Edit Face&amp;quot; button on the Edit tool bar, and then select the face you wish to work from.&lt;br /&gt;
#Create and/or select the object you wish to use.&lt;br /&gt;
#With the object highlighted, select the &amp;quot;Array&amp;quot; tool in the left tool bar.&lt;br /&gt;
#Choose your preferred array type (Linear, Circle, or Rectangle.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will then be prompted to set the parameters to different dimensions. Each array type has different parameters:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''A linear array will create a line of objects. Its parameters are:'''&lt;br /&gt;
*Angle (the angle from the x-axis to create the array)&lt;br /&gt;
*Spacing (the distance between objects in the array)&lt;br /&gt;
*Quantity (the number of objects in the array&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''A circular array takes your initial object, and repeats it in a circle around the original object. Its parameters are:'''&lt;br /&gt;
*Total Radius (the radius of the outermost row)&lt;br /&gt;
*Number of rings (the number of rows of objects)&lt;br /&gt;
*Quantity in 1st ring (the number of objects in the first circle)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''A rectangular array takes your initial object, and repeats it in a rectangle around the original object. Its parameters are:'''&lt;br /&gt;
*X Spacing (horizontal spacing) &lt;br /&gt;
*Y Spacing (vertical spacing)&lt;br /&gt;
*X Quantity (number of columns)&lt;br /&gt;
*Y Quantity (number of rows)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Arrays can be ungrouped by selecting the &amp;quot;ungroup&amp;quot; button in the properties panel. However, make sure that the snap function is turned off in order to ensure that&lt;br /&gt;
your objects are properly spaced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Creating Pockets==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pockets are most commonly used to have components sit flush with a protruding face, such as an LCD display. You can create a pocket out of any cutout that you make. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''To create a pocket:'''&lt;br /&gt;
#1. Click the Face Editor button on the Edit tool bar.&lt;br /&gt;
#2. Select the face you wish to edit.&lt;br /&gt;
#3. Create a cutout using the cutout tool under the Mode tool bar.&lt;br /&gt;
#4. Select your cutout, and then click the checkbox that says &amp;quot;Pocket&amp;quot; under the Properties tool bar on the right side of the screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Once you create your pocket, you can customize its specifications.'''&lt;br /&gt;
*Due to the geometry of tooling, no corner radius can ever have a 90-degree profile cut.&lt;br /&gt;
*The minimum corner radius for your pocket must be 0.016 inches.&lt;br /&gt;
*When customizing the depth of the pocket, keep in mind that there must be a minimum thickness of 0.06 inches remaining in the metal after the pocket is created.&lt;br /&gt;
*Pockets cannot be placed opposite to a bend, as pockets need access from above the face by the CNC mills.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Some combinations of pocket depth and corner radius may require tools that are not in stock. In these cases, a member of our Engineering &amp;amp; Design Services team will &lt;br /&gt;
reach out to you to review your design to see if you would like to either adjust your pocket so that it can be completed with stocked tooling, or we can source the tooling &lt;br /&gt;
required for additional lead time and fees.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Printing one or more faces on paper for review=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===To print one face, or all faces, of the enclosure===&lt;br /&gt;
#To print a single face, display the face in the Face Editor and choose '''Print To Scale''' from the '''File''' menu. To print all faces of the enclosure, choose the same command in the 3D View window.&lt;br /&gt;
#In the dialog that opens, select the printer.&lt;br /&gt;
#When verifying a design, set the '''Absolute Scale''' to 100%, then tape together the multiple sheets that are printed. To make a small-scale model, set it to 50% or whatever scale you want.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''Print.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===To calibrate the printer===&lt;br /&gt;
Many printing devices do not print the correct size even when you specify 100%. Before you print a face, be sure to calibrate your printer.&lt;br /&gt;
#In the '''Print to Scale''' dialog, select the printer, then click the '''Calibrate Printer''' button. &lt;br /&gt;
#A test page opens.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''Print''' to print the test page. Then use a ruler or caliper to measure the width and height of the printed rectangle. &lt;br /&gt;
#The '''Record Measurements''' dialog opens. &lt;br /&gt;
#:[[File:dialog-PrintToScale-Record_Measurements.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
#If the printed rectangle is not 3&amp;quot; x 3&amp;quot;, then enter the '''Measured Width''' (in inches) and the '''Measured Height''' (in inches) and click '''OK'''.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exporting and importing face templates=&lt;br /&gt;
You can export a face to a .PNG file for editing in a third-party graphics editor, and you can import the edited .PNG back into the Face Editor. This feature is useful when reviewing designs, using them in slideshows or other presentations, or making complex graphical edits to a face where a global image of the face with its cutouts are necessary for proper alignment of the graphics. In this latter case, as described in the steps below, you export the face with all its cutouts and other elements to a .PNG file, add the graphics to that .PNG using your third-party graphics editor, and then import the revised .PNG back into Designer.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If you only have a single image that you want to import, you may want to instead import it using the '''Image''' tool instead, which does not involve exporting the cutouts. For details, see [[Face_Editor#Adding_images|'''Adding images''']].&lt;br /&gt;
#Make sure that the face you want to export is displayed in the Face Editor.&lt;br /&gt;
#Select '''Graphics &amp;gt; Export Graphics template'''. The Save dialog opens.&lt;br /&gt;
#Enter a name for the .PNG file and click '''Save'''. A properly scaled .PNG of the face is created, complete with all cutouts and other elements.&lt;br /&gt;
#Open the exported file with your graphics editor and add the images/text to be silkscreened or digitally printed, aligning them appropriately with the cutouts, which are displayed in pink (hexadecimal value FF9999). (Note that this is the one color you cannot use for your graphics ink in Designer, because Protocase Designer will always recognize this color as a cutout and never as a graphic.) Ensure that you do not add any image or text over the cutouts. Additionally, if the face contained any text or images when you exported it, they will be retained when you import the file back into Designer, and will overlay the original graphics. You can remove these from the exported file before you import it back into the face, or else remove the duplications after you import it.  &lt;br /&gt;
#When done editing, save the file again in .PNG format.&lt;br /&gt;
#To import the revised face back into your enclosure design, first ensure that the face is displayed in the Face Editor, then select '''Graphics &amp;gt; Import graphics template''' and choose the .PNG file you just saved. The imported file overlays the entire face, and you can move or delete it just like a normally imported image. &lt;br /&gt;
#If you need to make additional graphical changes that cannot be done with Designer and you have not made changes to the cutouts or other elements of the face, simply edit the .PNG file again in your graphics editor, and re-import it to the Face Editor. You do not need to remove it from the face first; it will be automatically replaced by the most recently imported file, as long as it has the same name.&lt;br /&gt;
:'''See Also''': To import a graphics file to be silkscreened or digitally printed on a face, see '''[[Face_Editor#Adding_images|Adding images]]'''.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pledrew</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://www.protocasedesigner.com/wiki/index.php?title=Quick_Start&amp;diff=4064</id>
		<title>Quick Start</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.protocasedesigner.com/wiki/index.php?title=Quick_Start&amp;diff=4064"/>
				<updated>2020-08-12T21:08:32Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pledrew: /* Adding an image */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
This Quick Start guide walks you through the installation of Protocase Designer and its tools for creating, customizing, and quoting/ordering a design. Before beginning, you may want to review the [[Introduction|'''overview of Designer features''']] and the '''[[Glossary]]'''.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Installing Protocase Designer=&lt;br /&gt;
The installation process is the same for both first-time installations and upgrades. &lt;br /&gt;
#Before installing, ensure that your graphics card drivers are compatible with Opengl 1.2+ (such as ATI and NVIDIA) and that they are up to date. &lt;br /&gt;
#Close all versions of Protocase Designer before installing a new one. (If you are using Windows, when you try to install Designer while another copy is running, an error occurs and the installer exits.) &lt;br /&gt;
#On the [[http://protocasedesigner.com/download.php Download page]], click the button for the appropriate download format. The download will begin.&lt;br /&gt;
#Open the Protocase Designer installer file in your Downloads folder. &lt;br /&gt;
#If you have previously installed Designer as the Administrator (or if your anti-virus software requires that you confirm that the file is safe), right-click the installer file in Windows Explorer and choose '''Run as administrator.''' (You might have to first choose '''Show in folder''' in Google Chrome, or '''Open containing folder''' in Firefox.)&lt;br /&gt;
#Follow the prompts to install. &lt;br /&gt;
#For first-time installations, after launching Designer, you are prompted to register. Be sure to do so, so that you can receive estimates, place an order, and access the online Cutout Library.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#If your company uses a network configured such that your computer accesses the Internet through a proxy server, configure Designer to use the proxy settings:&lt;br /&gt;
##In Designer, choose '''Edit''' &amp;gt; '''Preferences'''. The Preferences dialog opens.&lt;br /&gt;
##Under '''Proxy Settings''', select the '''Use Proxy for http''' checkbox, then enter the proxy '''address''' and '''port''' number (supplied by your network administrator).&lt;br /&gt;
##;[[File:Proxy_Settings_fields_in_Preferences_NEW.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
##Click '''OK''' to save the settings and close the Preferences dialog. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:'''See Also: '''&lt;br /&gt;
::*[[Uninstalling_Protocase_Designer | '''Uninstalling Protocase Designer''']]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Installing Protocase Designer Without Administrator Privileges===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have no administrator access on your computer, you can still install Protocase Designer just for your user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you install the software, it will install to Users\&amp;lt;username&amp;gt;\Protocase Designer 4\ folder. If you have already had Protocase Designer installed as an administrator, then double-clicking a Protocase Designer file on your computer will open with the old version. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can override this by right-clicking on the Protocase Designer file and selecting Open With. Find the newly installed version that is in your Users\&amp;lt;username\Protocase Designer 4\ folder.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Installation on Mac OSX ===&lt;br /&gt;
The [[Knowledgebase - Software Fixes Released|current beta]] now only requires you to have your security set to allow identified developers. '''This does not make your mac insecure as it still requires a properly signed application, signed with a key purchased from Apple''' (see https://support.apple.com/en-ca/HT202491 ).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To check your security, go to  Apple menu &amp;gt; System Preferences… &amp;gt; Security &amp;amp; Privacy &amp;gt; General tab under the header &amp;quot;Allow applications downloaded from:&amp;quot;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:apple_security.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Installation on Linux ===&lt;br /&gt;
#download linux tar file&lt;br /&gt;
#install openjdk8 &lt;br /&gt;
#tar xf filename (replace with what the linux download is)&lt;br /&gt;
#cd jdesigner&lt;br /&gt;
#sudo bash ./install.sh&lt;br /&gt;
#follow prompts&lt;br /&gt;
#run $PREFIX/bin/ProtocaseDesigner.sh (default: /usr/local/bin/ProtocaseDesigner.sh)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Creating your enclosure=&lt;br /&gt;
To begin designing your enclosure, select a template such as Consolet, Bracket, Panel, L shape, Rackmount, or U shape. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You then customize various parameters including size, thickness, material, and color. A 3D model of your enclosure is then created, which you can customize further.&lt;br /&gt;
#Launch Protocase Designer.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:Splash.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#In the '''Pick an Option to Start''' dialog box, click '''New File'''.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:dialogbox-pickoptionstart_NEW.png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
# Select an enclosure category and then select an enclosure type.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:Templates.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
# Modify the enclosure parameters including size, thickness, material, and color to meet your design requirements.(For details, see [[3D_View_Window#Changing_assembly_properties|'''Changing assembly properties''']].)&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:Prop.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''OK''' to view the 3D model.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:Green1.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Customizing your enclosure=&lt;br /&gt;
To customize the faces of your enclosure, you use the Face Editor, which provides many standard editing tools for creating cutouts, graphics, exclusion zones, and construction lines.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Note''': If you like to use a different unit of measure or have other preferences when using Designer, you can set global options in the [[Preferences_dialog_box | '''Preferences''' dialog box]]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Add basic cutouts==&lt;br /&gt;
#In the 3D View, drag the model to rotate it until it shows the face you want to edit. &lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:Green1.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the '''Edit Face''' button [[File:button-editface_NEW.png|25px|bottom]].&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the face to edit. The Face Editor opens: &lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:Green2.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click a tool in the 2D Mode toolbar, and draw shapes on the face to create cutouts.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:Green3.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''Accept and Close''' [[File:button-acceptclose_NEW.png|25px|bottom]] in the [[Face_Editor#2D_Standard_Toolbar | 2D Standard toolbar]]. You can then see these cutouts applied to your 3D model.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:Green4.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Add built-in cutouts==&lt;br /&gt;
Protocase Designer  offers a variety of built-in cutouts that you can add to your enclosure.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the '''Edit Face''' button [[File:Edit Face.png|100px|bottom]] and then click a face to edit.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the '''Grid''' button [[File:Grid button.png|75px|bottom]] to show the grid. Select &amp;quot;grid snap&amp;quot; to toggle grid snapping.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:Green3.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#On the '''Library''' menu, point to a category and then click a cutout item.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:Green5.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on the face to place the built-in cutout.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:Green6.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Add custom cutouts==&lt;br /&gt;
You can create your own custom cutouts using the Path tool.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the '''Path''' button [[file:tool-path_NEW.png|80px|bottom]] in the 2D Mode toolbar.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the face to place points of the path. To finish and close the path, click the first point again. &lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:Green7.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''Accept and Close''' [[File:button-acceptclose_NEW.png|25px|bottom]] to view your enclosure in the 3D View.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:Green8.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Note:''' You can quickly create complex cutouts by merging and/or trimming objects. See  [[Face Editor#Path_editing:_Using_the_Trim_and_Merge_tools_to_create_cutouts |'''Using the Trim and Merge tools to create cutouts''']] for details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Add hardware==&lt;br /&gt;
You can easily place hardware on your enclosure to accommodate various components, such as self-clinching fasteners (PEMs) to mount a PCB or handles. &lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''Edit Face''' [[File:Edit Face.png|75px]] and click a face to edit.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''Toggle Grid''' [[File:Grid button.png|75px|bottom]] to show the grid. Select &amp;quot;grid snap&amp;quot; to toggle grid snapping.&lt;br /&gt;
#Choose '''Library''' &amp;gt; '''Open Library'''.&lt;br /&gt;
#Choose the self-clinching fastener and its options.  '''Note''': Parts displayed with a strikeout through the name are incompatible with the enclosure's current material type and/or thickness, and cannot be selected.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:Newlib.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''Place PEM''' and click the face to add the fasteners.&lt;br /&gt;
#Continue adding fasteners. Click &amp;lt;Escape&amp;gt; when you are done.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:Green9.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''Accept and Close''' [[File:button-acceptclose_NEW.png|25px|bottom]].&lt;br /&gt;
#Notice'''Show/Hide Parts''' on right hand panel.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:Showhide.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the '''Cover''' '''Right Side''' '''Left Side''' eye to remove those from the display.&lt;br /&gt;
#Rotate the model to view the fasteners.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:Green10.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
'''Note:''' You can also create custom brackets and add them to your enclosure. See [[Face Editor#Creating_and_adding_brackets|'''Creating and adding brackets''']] for details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Add text==&lt;br /&gt;
You can add text for labeling items on your enclosure.  &lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''Edit Face''' [[File:Edit Face.png|80px]] and click a face to edit.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the '''Text''' tool [[File:tool-text_NEW.png|80px]]. &lt;br /&gt;
#Click on the face and start typing to add text. You can change font, color and size on the right hand panel.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:Green11.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''Accept and Close''' [[File:button-acceptclose_NEW.png|25px|bottom]].&lt;br /&gt;
#;The text is shown in the 3D model.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:Green12.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Note:''' You can specify the text to be produced with '''[[About_Graphics_(Silkscreening_and_Digital_Printing) | silkscreening or digital printing]]''', or you can add a note to ask Protocase to use '''[http://www.protocase.com/products/mcf_dotpeening.php dot peening]''', which is a permanent marking process that does not use ink.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Adding an image==&lt;br /&gt;
You can add graphics such as logos to your enclosure, using silkscreen or digital printing. See [[Face Editor#Adding silkscreening or direct digital printing|Adding silkscreening or direct digital printing]] for details on which printing method to choose.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''Edit Face''' [[File:Edit Face.png|80px]] and click the face to edit.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the '''Image''' tool [[File:tool-image_NEW.png|80px]] in the 2D Mode toolbar, then click on the face where you want to place the image. &lt;br /&gt;
#In the Open dialog that is displayed, select an image file. You can enter an entire path, with or without the filename. &lt;br /&gt;
#Press &amp;lt;Enter&amp;gt; or click the '''Open''' button. If you entered just the path ending with a folder, the window will list the folder files and subfolders. If you entered the path and filename, the file will open.  &lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:Green13.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''Accept and Close''' [[File:button-acceptclose_NEW.png|25px|bottom]] to view the 3D image.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:Green14.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Quoting and ordering your enclosure=&lt;br /&gt;
Once your design is complete you can instantly receive a quote and order your enclosure online. &lt;br /&gt;
#On the '''Instant Quotes and Purchasing''' menu, choose '''Instant Quote''', '''Purchase''', or '''Create Requisition For My Purchasing Department'''. &lt;br /&gt;
#A web page page will open, guiding you through the steps.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:window-purchasing.png|500px]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pledrew</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://www.protocasedesigner.com/wiki/index.php?title=Quick_Start&amp;diff=4063</id>
		<title>Quick Start</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.protocasedesigner.com/wiki/index.php?title=Quick_Start&amp;diff=4063"/>
				<updated>2020-08-12T21:06:41Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pledrew: /* Add text */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
This Quick Start guide walks you through the installation of Protocase Designer and its tools for creating, customizing, and quoting/ordering a design. Before beginning, you may want to review the [[Introduction|'''overview of Designer features''']] and the '''[[Glossary]]'''.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Installing Protocase Designer=&lt;br /&gt;
The installation process is the same for both first-time installations and upgrades. &lt;br /&gt;
#Before installing, ensure that your graphics card drivers are compatible with Opengl 1.2+ (such as ATI and NVIDIA) and that they are up to date. &lt;br /&gt;
#Close all versions of Protocase Designer before installing a new one. (If you are using Windows, when you try to install Designer while another copy is running, an error occurs and the installer exits.) &lt;br /&gt;
#On the [[http://protocasedesigner.com/download.php Download page]], click the button for the appropriate download format. The download will begin.&lt;br /&gt;
#Open the Protocase Designer installer file in your Downloads folder. &lt;br /&gt;
#If you have previously installed Designer as the Administrator (or if your anti-virus software requires that you confirm that the file is safe), right-click the installer file in Windows Explorer and choose '''Run as administrator.''' (You might have to first choose '''Show in folder''' in Google Chrome, or '''Open containing folder''' in Firefox.)&lt;br /&gt;
#Follow the prompts to install. &lt;br /&gt;
#For first-time installations, after launching Designer, you are prompted to register. Be sure to do so, so that you can receive estimates, place an order, and access the online Cutout Library.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#If your company uses a network configured such that your computer accesses the Internet through a proxy server, configure Designer to use the proxy settings:&lt;br /&gt;
##In Designer, choose '''Edit''' &amp;gt; '''Preferences'''. The Preferences dialog opens.&lt;br /&gt;
##Under '''Proxy Settings''', select the '''Use Proxy for http''' checkbox, then enter the proxy '''address''' and '''port''' number (supplied by your network administrator).&lt;br /&gt;
##;[[File:Proxy_Settings_fields_in_Preferences_NEW.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
##Click '''OK''' to save the settings and close the Preferences dialog. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:'''See Also: '''&lt;br /&gt;
::*[[Uninstalling_Protocase_Designer | '''Uninstalling Protocase Designer''']]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Installing Protocase Designer Without Administrator Privileges===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have no administrator access on your computer, you can still install Protocase Designer just for your user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you install the software, it will install to Users\&amp;lt;username&amp;gt;\Protocase Designer 4\ folder. If you have already had Protocase Designer installed as an administrator, then double-clicking a Protocase Designer file on your computer will open with the old version. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can override this by right-clicking on the Protocase Designer file and selecting Open With. Find the newly installed version that is in your Users\&amp;lt;username\Protocase Designer 4\ folder.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Installation on Mac OSX ===&lt;br /&gt;
The [[Knowledgebase - Software Fixes Released|current beta]] now only requires you to have your security set to allow identified developers. '''This does not make your mac insecure as it still requires a properly signed application, signed with a key purchased from Apple''' (see https://support.apple.com/en-ca/HT202491 ).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To check your security, go to  Apple menu &amp;gt; System Preferences… &amp;gt; Security &amp;amp; Privacy &amp;gt; General tab under the header &amp;quot;Allow applications downloaded from:&amp;quot;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:apple_security.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Installation on Linux ===&lt;br /&gt;
#download linux tar file&lt;br /&gt;
#install openjdk8 &lt;br /&gt;
#tar xf filename (replace with what the linux download is)&lt;br /&gt;
#cd jdesigner&lt;br /&gt;
#sudo bash ./install.sh&lt;br /&gt;
#follow prompts&lt;br /&gt;
#run $PREFIX/bin/ProtocaseDesigner.sh (default: /usr/local/bin/ProtocaseDesigner.sh)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Creating your enclosure=&lt;br /&gt;
To begin designing your enclosure, select a template such as Consolet, Bracket, Panel, L shape, Rackmount, or U shape. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You then customize various parameters including size, thickness, material, and color. A 3D model of your enclosure is then created, which you can customize further.&lt;br /&gt;
#Launch Protocase Designer.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:Splash.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#In the '''Pick an Option to Start''' dialog box, click '''New File'''.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:dialogbox-pickoptionstart_NEW.png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
# Select an enclosure category and then select an enclosure type.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:Templates.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
# Modify the enclosure parameters including size, thickness, material, and color to meet your design requirements.(For details, see [[3D_View_Window#Changing_assembly_properties|'''Changing assembly properties''']].)&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:Prop.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''OK''' to view the 3D model.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:Green1.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Customizing your enclosure=&lt;br /&gt;
To customize the faces of your enclosure, you use the Face Editor, which provides many standard editing tools for creating cutouts, graphics, exclusion zones, and construction lines.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Note''': If you like to use a different unit of measure or have other preferences when using Designer, you can set global options in the [[Preferences_dialog_box | '''Preferences''' dialog box]]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Add basic cutouts==&lt;br /&gt;
#In the 3D View, drag the model to rotate it until it shows the face you want to edit. &lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:Green1.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the '''Edit Face''' button [[File:button-editface_NEW.png|25px|bottom]].&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the face to edit. The Face Editor opens: &lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:Green2.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click a tool in the 2D Mode toolbar, and draw shapes on the face to create cutouts.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:Green3.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''Accept and Close''' [[File:button-acceptclose_NEW.png|25px|bottom]] in the [[Face_Editor#2D_Standard_Toolbar | 2D Standard toolbar]]. You can then see these cutouts applied to your 3D model.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:Green4.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Add built-in cutouts==&lt;br /&gt;
Protocase Designer  offers a variety of built-in cutouts that you can add to your enclosure.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the '''Edit Face''' button [[File:Edit Face.png|100px|bottom]] and then click a face to edit.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the '''Grid''' button [[File:Grid button.png|75px|bottom]] to show the grid. Select &amp;quot;grid snap&amp;quot; to toggle grid snapping.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:Green3.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#On the '''Library''' menu, point to a category and then click a cutout item.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:Green5.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on the face to place the built-in cutout.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:Green6.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Add custom cutouts==&lt;br /&gt;
You can create your own custom cutouts using the Path tool.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the '''Path''' button [[file:tool-path_NEW.png|80px|bottom]] in the 2D Mode toolbar.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the face to place points of the path. To finish and close the path, click the first point again. &lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:Green7.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''Accept and Close''' [[File:button-acceptclose_NEW.png|25px|bottom]] to view your enclosure in the 3D View.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:Green8.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Note:''' You can quickly create complex cutouts by merging and/or trimming objects. See  [[Face Editor#Path_editing:_Using_the_Trim_and_Merge_tools_to_create_cutouts |'''Using the Trim and Merge tools to create cutouts''']] for details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Add hardware==&lt;br /&gt;
You can easily place hardware on your enclosure to accommodate various components, such as self-clinching fasteners (PEMs) to mount a PCB or handles. &lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''Edit Face''' [[File:Edit Face.png|75px]] and click a face to edit.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''Toggle Grid''' [[File:Grid button.png|75px|bottom]] to show the grid. Select &amp;quot;grid snap&amp;quot; to toggle grid snapping.&lt;br /&gt;
#Choose '''Library''' &amp;gt; '''Open Library'''.&lt;br /&gt;
#Choose the self-clinching fastener and its options.  '''Note''': Parts displayed with a strikeout through the name are incompatible with the enclosure's current material type and/or thickness, and cannot be selected.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:Newlib.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''Place PEM''' and click the face to add the fasteners.&lt;br /&gt;
#Continue adding fasteners. Click &amp;lt;Escape&amp;gt; when you are done.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:Green9.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''Accept and Close''' [[File:button-acceptclose_NEW.png|25px|bottom]].&lt;br /&gt;
#Notice'''Show/Hide Parts''' on right hand panel.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:Showhide.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the '''Cover''' '''Right Side''' '''Left Side''' eye to remove those from the display.&lt;br /&gt;
#Rotate the model to view the fasteners.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:Green10.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
'''Note:''' You can also create custom brackets and add them to your enclosure. See [[Face Editor#Creating_and_adding_brackets|'''Creating and adding brackets''']] for details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Add text==&lt;br /&gt;
You can add text for labeling items on your enclosure.  &lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''Edit Face''' [[File:Edit Face.png|80px]] and click a face to edit.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the '''Text''' tool [[File:tool-text_NEW.png|80px]]. &lt;br /&gt;
#Click on the face and start typing to add text. You can change font, color and size on the right hand panel.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:Green11.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''Accept and Close''' [[File:button-acceptclose_NEW.png|25px|bottom]].&lt;br /&gt;
#;The text is shown in the 3D model.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:Green12.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Note:''' You can specify the text to be produced with '''[[About_Graphics_(Silkscreening_and_Digital_Printing) | silkscreening or digital printing]]''', or you can add a note to ask Protocase to use '''[http://www.protocase.com/products/mcf_dotpeening.php dot peening]''', which is a permanent marking process that does not use ink.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Adding an image==&lt;br /&gt;
You can add graphics such as logos to your enclosure, using silkscreen or digital printing. See [[Face Editor#Adding silkscreening or direct digital printing|Adding silkscreening or direct digital printing]] for details on which printing method to choose.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''Edit Face''' [[File:button-editface_NEW.png|25px|bottom]] and click the face to edit.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the '''Bitmap''' tool [[File:tool-image_NEW.png|25px|bottom]] in the 2D Mode toolbar, then click on the face where you want to place the image. &lt;br /&gt;
#In the Open dialog that is displayed, select an image file. You can enter an entire path, with or without the filename. &lt;br /&gt;
#Press &amp;lt;Enter&amp;gt; or click the '''Open''' button. If you entered just the path ending with a folder, the window will list the folder files and subfolders. If you entered the path and filename, the file will open.  &lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:window-faceeditor-logo_NEW.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''Accept and Close''' [[File:button-acceptclose_NEW.png|25px|bottom]] to view the 3D image.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:window-main-logo_NEW.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Quoting and ordering your enclosure=&lt;br /&gt;
Once your design is complete you can instantly receive a quote and order your enclosure online. &lt;br /&gt;
#On the '''Instant Quotes and Purchasing''' menu, choose '''Instant Quote''', '''Purchase''', or '''Create Requisition For My Purchasing Department'''. &lt;br /&gt;
#A web page page will open, guiding you through the steps.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:window-purchasing.png|500px]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pledrew</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://www.protocasedesigner.com/wiki/index.php?title=File:Green14.png&amp;diff=4062</id>
		<title>File:Green14.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.protocasedesigner.com/wiki/index.php?title=File:Green14.png&amp;diff=4062"/>
				<updated>2020-08-12T21:03:48Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pledrew: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pledrew</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://www.protocasedesigner.com/wiki/index.php?title=File:Green13.png&amp;diff=4061</id>
		<title>File:Green13.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.protocasedesigner.com/wiki/index.php?title=File:Green13.png&amp;diff=4061"/>
				<updated>2020-08-12T21:03:24Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pledrew: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pledrew</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://www.protocasedesigner.com/wiki/index.php?title=File:Green12.png&amp;diff=4060</id>
		<title>File:Green12.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.protocasedesigner.com/wiki/index.php?title=File:Green12.png&amp;diff=4060"/>
				<updated>2020-08-12T21:03:00Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pledrew: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pledrew</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://www.protocasedesigner.com/wiki/index.php?title=File:Green11.png&amp;diff=4059</id>
		<title>File:Green11.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.protocasedesigner.com/wiki/index.php?title=File:Green11.png&amp;diff=4059"/>
				<updated>2020-08-12T21:02:38Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pledrew: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pledrew</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://www.protocasedesigner.com/wiki/index.php?title=Quick_Start&amp;diff=4058</id>
		<title>Quick Start</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.protocasedesigner.com/wiki/index.php?title=Quick_Start&amp;diff=4058"/>
				<updated>2020-08-12T20:37:08Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pledrew: /* Add hardware */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
This Quick Start guide walks you through the installation of Protocase Designer and its tools for creating, customizing, and quoting/ordering a design. Before beginning, you may want to review the [[Introduction|'''overview of Designer features''']] and the '''[[Glossary]]'''.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Installing Protocase Designer=&lt;br /&gt;
The installation process is the same for both first-time installations and upgrades. &lt;br /&gt;
#Before installing, ensure that your graphics card drivers are compatible with Opengl 1.2+ (such as ATI and NVIDIA) and that they are up to date. &lt;br /&gt;
#Close all versions of Protocase Designer before installing a new one. (If you are using Windows, when you try to install Designer while another copy is running, an error occurs and the installer exits.) &lt;br /&gt;
#On the [[http://protocasedesigner.com/download.php Download page]], click the button for the appropriate download format. The download will begin.&lt;br /&gt;
#Open the Protocase Designer installer file in your Downloads folder. &lt;br /&gt;
#If you have previously installed Designer as the Administrator (or if your anti-virus software requires that you confirm that the file is safe), right-click the installer file in Windows Explorer and choose '''Run as administrator.''' (You might have to first choose '''Show in folder''' in Google Chrome, or '''Open containing folder''' in Firefox.)&lt;br /&gt;
#Follow the prompts to install. &lt;br /&gt;
#For first-time installations, after launching Designer, you are prompted to register. Be sure to do so, so that you can receive estimates, place an order, and access the online Cutout Library.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#If your company uses a network configured such that your computer accesses the Internet through a proxy server, configure Designer to use the proxy settings:&lt;br /&gt;
##In Designer, choose '''Edit''' &amp;gt; '''Preferences'''. The Preferences dialog opens.&lt;br /&gt;
##Under '''Proxy Settings''', select the '''Use Proxy for http''' checkbox, then enter the proxy '''address''' and '''port''' number (supplied by your network administrator).&lt;br /&gt;
##;[[File:Proxy_Settings_fields_in_Preferences_NEW.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
##Click '''OK''' to save the settings and close the Preferences dialog. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:'''See Also: '''&lt;br /&gt;
::*[[Uninstalling_Protocase_Designer | '''Uninstalling Protocase Designer''']]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Installing Protocase Designer Without Administrator Privileges===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have no administrator access on your computer, you can still install Protocase Designer just for your user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you install the software, it will install to Users\&amp;lt;username&amp;gt;\Protocase Designer 4\ folder. If you have already had Protocase Designer installed as an administrator, then double-clicking a Protocase Designer file on your computer will open with the old version. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can override this by right-clicking on the Protocase Designer file and selecting Open With. Find the newly installed version that is in your Users\&amp;lt;username\Protocase Designer 4\ folder.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Installation on Mac OSX ===&lt;br /&gt;
The [[Knowledgebase - Software Fixes Released|current beta]] now only requires you to have your security set to allow identified developers. '''This does not make your mac insecure as it still requires a properly signed application, signed with a key purchased from Apple''' (see https://support.apple.com/en-ca/HT202491 ).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To check your security, go to  Apple menu &amp;gt; System Preferences… &amp;gt; Security &amp;amp; Privacy &amp;gt; General tab under the header &amp;quot;Allow applications downloaded from:&amp;quot;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:apple_security.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Installation on Linux ===&lt;br /&gt;
#download linux tar file&lt;br /&gt;
#install openjdk8 &lt;br /&gt;
#tar xf filename (replace with what the linux download is)&lt;br /&gt;
#cd jdesigner&lt;br /&gt;
#sudo bash ./install.sh&lt;br /&gt;
#follow prompts&lt;br /&gt;
#run $PREFIX/bin/ProtocaseDesigner.sh (default: /usr/local/bin/ProtocaseDesigner.sh)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Creating your enclosure=&lt;br /&gt;
To begin designing your enclosure, select a template such as Consolet, Bracket, Panel, L shape, Rackmount, or U shape. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You then customize various parameters including size, thickness, material, and color. A 3D model of your enclosure is then created, which you can customize further.&lt;br /&gt;
#Launch Protocase Designer.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:Splash.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#In the '''Pick an Option to Start''' dialog box, click '''New File'''.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:dialogbox-pickoptionstart_NEW.png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
# Select an enclosure category and then select an enclosure type.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:Templates.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
# Modify the enclosure parameters including size, thickness, material, and color to meet your design requirements.(For details, see [[3D_View_Window#Changing_assembly_properties|'''Changing assembly properties''']].)&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:Prop.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''OK''' to view the 3D model.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:Green1.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Customizing your enclosure=&lt;br /&gt;
To customize the faces of your enclosure, you use the Face Editor, which provides many standard editing tools for creating cutouts, graphics, exclusion zones, and construction lines.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Note''': If you like to use a different unit of measure or have other preferences when using Designer, you can set global options in the [[Preferences_dialog_box | '''Preferences''' dialog box]]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Add basic cutouts==&lt;br /&gt;
#In the 3D View, drag the model to rotate it until it shows the face you want to edit. &lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:Green1.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the '''Edit Face''' button [[File:button-editface_NEW.png|25px|bottom]].&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the face to edit. The Face Editor opens: &lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:Green2.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click a tool in the 2D Mode toolbar, and draw shapes on the face to create cutouts.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:Green3.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''Accept and Close''' [[File:button-acceptclose_NEW.png|25px|bottom]] in the [[Face_Editor#2D_Standard_Toolbar | 2D Standard toolbar]]. You can then see these cutouts applied to your 3D model.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:Green4.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Add built-in cutouts==&lt;br /&gt;
Protocase Designer  offers a variety of built-in cutouts that you can add to your enclosure.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the '''Edit Face''' button [[File:Edit Face.png|100px|bottom]] and then click a face to edit.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the '''Grid''' button [[File:Grid button.png|75px|bottom]] to show the grid. Select &amp;quot;grid snap&amp;quot; to toggle grid snapping.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:Green3.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#On the '''Library''' menu, point to a category and then click a cutout item.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:Green5.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on the face to place the built-in cutout.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:Green6.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Add custom cutouts==&lt;br /&gt;
You can create your own custom cutouts using the Path tool.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the '''Path''' button [[file:tool-path_NEW.png|80px|bottom]] in the 2D Mode toolbar.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the face to place points of the path. To finish and close the path, click the first point again. &lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:Green7.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''Accept and Close''' [[File:button-acceptclose_NEW.png|25px|bottom]] to view your enclosure in the 3D View.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:Green8.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Note:''' You can quickly create complex cutouts by merging and/or trimming objects. See  [[Face Editor#Path_editing:_Using_the_Trim_and_Merge_tools_to_create_cutouts |'''Using the Trim and Merge tools to create cutouts''']] for details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Add hardware==&lt;br /&gt;
You can easily place hardware on your enclosure to accommodate various components, such as self-clinching fasteners (PEMs) to mount a PCB or handles. &lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''Edit Face''' [[File:Edit Face.png|75px]] and click a face to edit.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''Toggle Grid''' [[File:Grid button.png|75px|bottom]] to show the grid. Select &amp;quot;grid snap&amp;quot; to toggle grid snapping.&lt;br /&gt;
#Choose '''Library''' &amp;gt; '''Open Library'''.&lt;br /&gt;
#Choose the self-clinching fastener and its options.  '''Note''': Parts displayed with a strikeout through the name are incompatible with the enclosure's current material type and/or thickness, and cannot be selected.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:Newlib.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''Place PEM''' and click the face to add the fasteners.&lt;br /&gt;
#Continue adding fasteners. Click &amp;lt;Escape&amp;gt; when you are done.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:Green9.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''Accept and Close''' [[File:button-acceptclose_NEW.png|25px|bottom]].&lt;br /&gt;
#Notice'''Show/Hide Parts''' on right hand panel.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:Showhide.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the '''Cover''' '''Right Side''' '''Left Side''' eye to remove those from the display.&lt;br /&gt;
#Rotate the model to view the fasteners.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:Green10.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
'''Note:''' You can also create custom brackets and add them to your enclosure. See [[Face Editor#Creating_and_adding_brackets|'''Creating and adding brackets''']] for details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Add text==&lt;br /&gt;
You can add text for labeling items on your enclosure.  &lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''Edit Face''' [[File:button-editface_NEW.png|25px|bottom]] and click a face to edit.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the '''Text''' tool [[File:tool-text_NEW.png|80px|bottom]]. &lt;br /&gt;
#Click on the face and start typing to add text.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:window-faceeditor-text_NEW.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''Accept and Close''' [[File:button-acceptclose_NEW.png|25px|bottom]].&lt;br /&gt;
#;The text is shown in the 3D model.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:window-main-text_NEW.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Note:''' You can specify the text to be produced with '''[[About_Graphics_(Silkscreening_and_Digital_Printing) | silkscreening or digital printing]]''', or you can add a note to ask Protocase to use '''[http://www.protocase.com/products/mcf_dotpeening.php dot peening]''', which is a permanent marking process that does not use ink.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Adding an image==&lt;br /&gt;
You can add graphics such as logos to your enclosure, using silkscreen or digital printing. See [[Face Editor#Adding silkscreening or direct digital printing|Adding silkscreening or direct digital printing]] for details on which printing method to choose.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''Edit Face''' [[File:button-editface_NEW.png|25px|bottom]] and click the face to edit.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the '''Bitmap''' tool [[File:tool-image_NEW.png|25px|bottom]] in the 2D Mode toolbar, then click on the face where you want to place the image. &lt;br /&gt;
#In the Open dialog that is displayed, select an image file. You can enter an entire path, with or without the filename. &lt;br /&gt;
#Press &amp;lt;Enter&amp;gt; or click the '''Open''' button. If you entered just the path ending with a folder, the window will list the folder files and subfolders. If you entered the path and filename, the file will open.  &lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:window-faceeditor-logo_NEW.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''Accept and Close''' [[File:button-acceptclose_NEW.png|25px|bottom]] to view the 3D image.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:window-main-logo_NEW.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Quoting and ordering your enclosure=&lt;br /&gt;
Once your design is complete you can instantly receive a quote and order your enclosure online. &lt;br /&gt;
#On the '''Instant Quotes and Purchasing''' menu, choose '''Instant Quote''', '''Purchase''', or '''Create Requisition For My Purchasing Department'''. &lt;br /&gt;
#A web page page will open, guiding you through the steps.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:window-purchasing.png|500px]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pledrew</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://www.protocasedesigner.com/wiki/index.php?title=File:Green10.png&amp;diff=4057</id>
		<title>File:Green10.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.protocasedesigner.com/wiki/index.php?title=File:Green10.png&amp;diff=4057"/>
				<updated>2020-08-12T20:32:42Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pledrew: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pledrew</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://www.protocasedesigner.com/wiki/index.php?title=File:Showhide.png&amp;diff=4056</id>
		<title>File:Showhide.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.protocasedesigner.com/wiki/index.php?title=File:Showhide.png&amp;diff=4056"/>
				<updated>2020-08-12T20:31:47Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pledrew: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pledrew</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://www.protocasedesigner.com/wiki/index.php?title=File:Green9.png&amp;diff=4055</id>
		<title>File:Green9.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.protocasedesigner.com/wiki/index.php?title=File:Green9.png&amp;diff=4055"/>
				<updated>2020-08-12T20:24:37Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pledrew: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pledrew</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://www.protocasedesigner.com/wiki/index.php?title=File:Newlib.png&amp;diff=4054</id>
		<title>File:Newlib.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.protocasedesigner.com/wiki/index.php?title=File:Newlib.png&amp;diff=4054"/>
				<updated>2020-08-12T20:23:44Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pledrew: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pledrew</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://www.protocasedesigner.com/wiki/index.php?title=Quick_Start&amp;diff=4053</id>
		<title>Quick Start</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.protocasedesigner.com/wiki/index.php?title=Quick_Start&amp;diff=4053"/>
				<updated>2020-08-12T20:16:07Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pledrew: /* Add custom cutouts */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
This Quick Start guide walks you through the installation of Protocase Designer and its tools for creating, customizing, and quoting/ordering a design. Before beginning, you may want to review the [[Introduction|'''overview of Designer features''']] and the '''[[Glossary]]'''.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Installing Protocase Designer=&lt;br /&gt;
The installation process is the same for both first-time installations and upgrades. &lt;br /&gt;
#Before installing, ensure that your graphics card drivers are compatible with Opengl 1.2+ (such as ATI and NVIDIA) and that they are up to date. &lt;br /&gt;
#Close all versions of Protocase Designer before installing a new one. (If you are using Windows, when you try to install Designer while another copy is running, an error occurs and the installer exits.) &lt;br /&gt;
#On the [[http://protocasedesigner.com/download.php Download page]], click the button for the appropriate download format. The download will begin.&lt;br /&gt;
#Open the Protocase Designer installer file in your Downloads folder. &lt;br /&gt;
#If you have previously installed Designer as the Administrator (or if your anti-virus software requires that you confirm that the file is safe), right-click the installer file in Windows Explorer and choose '''Run as administrator.''' (You might have to first choose '''Show in folder''' in Google Chrome, or '''Open containing folder''' in Firefox.)&lt;br /&gt;
#Follow the prompts to install. &lt;br /&gt;
#For first-time installations, after launching Designer, you are prompted to register. Be sure to do so, so that you can receive estimates, place an order, and access the online Cutout Library.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#If your company uses a network configured such that your computer accesses the Internet through a proxy server, configure Designer to use the proxy settings:&lt;br /&gt;
##In Designer, choose '''Edit''' &amp;gt; '''Preferences'''. The Preferences dialog opens.&lt;br /&gt;
##Under '''Proxy Settings''', select the '''Use Proxy for http''' checkbox, then enter the proxy '''address''' and '''port''' number (supplied by your network administrator).&lt;br /&gt;
##;[[File:Proxy_Settings_fields_in_Preferences_NEW.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
##Click '''OK''' to save the settings and close the Preferences dialog. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:'''See Also: '''&lt;br /&gt;
::*[[Uninstalling_Protocase_Designer | '''Uninstalling Protocase Designer''']]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Installing Protocase Designer Without Administrator Privileges===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have no administrator access on your computer, you can still install Protocase Designer just for your user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you install the software, it will install to Users\&amp;lt;username&amp;gt;\Protocase Designer 4\ folder. If you have already had Protocase Designer installed as an administrator, then double-clicking a Protocase Designer file on your computer will open with the old version. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can override this by right-clicking on the Protocase Designer file and selecting Open With. Find the newly installed version that is in your Users\&amp;lt;username\Protocase Designer 4\ folder.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Installation on Mac OSX ===&lt;br /&gt;
The [[Knowledgebase - Software Fixes Released|current beta]] now only requires you to have your security set to allow identified developers. '''This does not make your mac insecure as it still requires a properly signed application, signed with a key purchased from Apple''' (see https://support.apple.com/en-ca/HT202491 ).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To check your security, go to  Apple menu &amp;gt; System Preferences… &amp;gt; Security &amp;amp; Privacy &amp;gt; General tab under the header &amp;quot;Allow applications downloaded from:&amp;quot;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:apple_security.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Installation on Linux ===&lt;br /&gt;
#download linux tar file&lt;br /&gt;
#install openjdk8 &lt;br /&gt;
#tar xf filename (replace with what the linux download is)&lt;br /&gt;
#cd jdesigner&lt;br /&gt;
#sudo bash ./install.sh&lt;br /&gt;
#follow prompts&lt;br /&gt;
#run $PREFIX/bin/ProtocaseDesigner.sh (default: /usr/local/bin/ProtocaseDesigner.sh)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Creating your enclosure=&lt;br /&gt;
To begin designing your enclosure, select a template such as Consolet, Bracket, Panel, L shape, Rackmount, or U shape. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You then customize various parameters including size, thickness, material, and color. A 3D model of your enclosure is then created, which you can customize further.&lt;br /&gt;
#Launch Protocase Designer.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:Splash.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#In the '''Pick an Option to Start''' dialog box, click '''New File'''.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:dialogbox-pickoptionstart_NEW.png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
# Select an enclosure category and then select an enclosure type.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:Templates.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
# Modify the enclosure parameters including size, thickness, material, and color to meet your design requirements.(For details, see [[3D_View_Window#Changing_assembly_properties|'''Changing assembly properties''']].)&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:Prop.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''OK''' to view the 3D model.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:Green1.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Customizing your enclosure=&lt;br /&gt;
To customize the faces of your enclosure, you use the Face Editor, which provides many standard editing tools for creating cutouts, graphics, exclusion zones, and construction lines.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Note''': If you like to use a different unit of measure or have other preferences when using Designer, you can set global options in the [[Preferences_dialog_box | '''Preferences''' dialog box]]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Add basic cutouts==&lt;br /&gt;
#In the 3D View, drag the model to rotate it until it shows the face you want to edit. &lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:Green1.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the '''Edit Face''' button [[File:button-editface_NEW.png|25px|bottom]].&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the face to edit. The Face Editor opens: &lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:Green2.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click a tool in the 2D Mode toolbar, and draw shapes on the face to create cutouts.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:Green3.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''Accept and Close''' [[File:button-acceptclose_NEW.png|25px|bottom]] in the [[Face_Editor#2D_Standard_Toolbar | 2D Standard toolbar]]. You can then see these cutouts applied to your 3D model.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:Green4.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Add built-in cutouts==&lt;br /&gt;
Protocase Designer  offers a variety of built-in cutouts that you can add to your enclosure.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the '''Edit Face''' button [[File:Edit Face.png|100px|bottom]] and then click a face to edit.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the '''Grid''' button [[File:Grid button.png|75px|bottom]] to show the grid. Select &amp;quot;grid snap&amp;quot; to toggle grid snapping.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:Green3.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#On the '''Library''' menu, point to a category and then click a cutout item.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:Green5.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on the face to place the built-in cutout.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:Green6.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Add custom cutouts==&lt;br /&gt;
You can create your own custom cutouts using the Path tool.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the '''Path''' button [[file:tool-path_NEW.png|80px|bottom]] in the 2D Mode toolbar.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the face to place points of the path. To finish and close the path, click the first point again. &lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:Green7.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''Accept and Close''' [[File:button-acceptclose_NEW.png|25px|bottom]] to view your enclosure in the 3D View.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:Green8.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Note:''' You can quickly create complex cutouts by merging and/or trimming objects. See  [[Face Editor#Path_editing:_Using_the_Trim_and_Merge_tools_to_create_cutouts |'''Using the Trim and Merge tools to create cutouts''']] for details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Add hardware==&lt;br /&gt;
You can easily place hardware on your enclosure to accommodate various components, such as self-clinching fasteners (PEMs) to mount a PCB or handles. &lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''Edit Face''' [[File:button-editface_NEW.png|25px|bottom]] and click a face to edit.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''Toggle Grid''' [[File:button-togglegrid_NEW.png|25px|bottom]] to show the grid. Select &amp;quot;grid snap&amp;quot; to toggle grid snapping.&lt;br /&gt;
#Choose '''Cutout Library and Fasteners''' &amp;gt; '''Place Self Clinching Fasteners'''.&lt;br /&gt;
#Choose the self-clinching fastener and its options.  '''Note''': Parts displayed with a strikeout through the name are incompatible with the enclosure's current material type and/or thickness, and cannot be selected.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:dialogbox-pem_NEW.png|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''Place PEM''' and click the face to add the fasteners.&lt;br /&gt;
#Continue adding fasteners. Click &amp;lt;Escape&amp;gt; or the '''Edit''' tool [[File:tool-edit_NEW.png|25px|bottom]] when you are done.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:window-faceeditor-pem_NEW.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''Accept and Close''' [[File:button-acceptclose_NEW.png|25px|bottom]].&lt;br /&gt;
#Choose '''View''' &amp;gt; '''Show/Hide Parts'''.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:dialogbox-showparts_NEW.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the '''Cover''' check box to remove the cover from the display.&lt;br /&gt;
#Rotate the model to view the fasteners.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:window-main-pem_NEW2.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
'''Note:''' You can also create custom brackets and add them to your enclosure. See [[Face Editor#Creating_and_adding_brackets|'''Creating and adding brackets''']] for details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Add text==&lt;br /&gt;
You can add text for labeling items on your enclosure.  &lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''Edit Face''' [[File:button-editface_NEW.png|25px|bottom]] and click a face to edit.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the '''Text''' tool [[File:tool-text_NEW.png|80px|bottom]]. &lt;br /&gt;
#Click on the face and start typing to add text.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:window-faceeditor-text_NEW.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''Accept and Close''' [[File:button-acceptclose_NEW.png|25px|bottom]].&lt;br /&gt;
#;The text is shown in the 3D model.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:window-main-text_NEW.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Note:''' You can specify the text to be produced with '''[[About_Graphics_(Silkscreening_and_Digital_Printing) | silkscreening or digital printing]]''', or you can add a note to ask Protocase to use '''[http://www.protocase.com/products/mcf_dotpeening.php dot peening]''', which is a permanent marking process that does not use ink.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Adding an image==&lt;br /&gt;
You can add graphics such as logos to your enclosure, using silkscreen or digital printing. See [[Face Editor#Adding silkscreening or direct digital printing|Adding silkscreening or direct digital printing]] for details on which printing method to choose.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''Edit Face''' [[File:button-editface_NEW.png|25px|bottom]] and click the face to edit.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the '''Bitmap''' tool [[File:tool-image_NEW.png|25px|bottom]] in the 2D Mode toolbar, then click on the face where you want to place the image. &lt;br /&gt;
#In the Open dialog that is displayed, select an image file. You can enter an entire path, with or without the filename. &lt;br /&gt;
#Press &amp;lt;Enter&amp;gt; or click the '''Open''' button. If you entered just the path ending with a folder, the window will list the folder files and subfolders. If you entered the path and filename, the file will open.  &lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:window-faceeditor-logo_NEW.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''Accept and Close''' [[File:button-acceptclose_NEW.png|25px|bottom]] to view the 3D image.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:window-main-logo_NEW.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Quoting and ordering your enclosure=&lt;br /&gt;
Once your design is complete you can instantly receive a quote and order your enclosure online. &lt;br /&gt;
#On the '''Instant Quotes and Purchasing''' menu, choose '''Instant Quote''', '''Purchase''', or '''Create Requisition For My Purchasing Department'''. &lt;br /&gt;
#A web page page will open, guiding you through the steps.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:window-purchasing.png|500px]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pledrew</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://www.protocasedesigner.com/wiki/index.php?title=File:Green8.png&amp;diff=4052</id>
		<title>File:Green8.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.protocasedesigner.com/wiki/index.php?title=File:Green8.png&amp;diff=4052"/>
				<updated>2020-08-12T20:15:03Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pledrew: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pledrew</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://www.protocasedesigner.com/wiki/index.php?title=File:Green7.png&amp;diff=4051</id>
		<title>File:Green7.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.protocasedesigner.com/wiki/index.php?title=File:Green7.png&amp;diff=4051"/>
				<updated>2020-08-12T20:11:45Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pledrew: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pledrew</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://www.protocasedesigner.com/wiki/index.php?title=Quick_Start&amp;diff=4050</id>
		<title>Quick Start</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.protocasedesigner.com/wiki/index.php?title=Quick_Start&amp;diff=4050"/>
				<updated>2020-08-12T20:02:15Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pledrew: /* Add built-in cutouts */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
This Quick Start guide walks you through the installation of Protocase Designer and its tools for creating, customizing, and quoting/ordering a design. Before beginning, you may want to review the [[Introduction|'''overview of Designer features''']] and the '''[[Glossary]]'''.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Installing Protocase Designer=&lt;br /&gt;
The installation process is the same for both first-time installations and upgrades. &lt;br /&gt;
#Before installing, ensure that your graphics card drivers are compatible with Opengl 1.2+ (such as ATI and NVIDIA) and that they are up to date. &lt;br /&gt;
#Close all versions of Protocase Designer before installing a new one. (If you are using Windows, when you try to install Designer while another copy is running, an error occurs and the installer exits.) &lt;br /&gt;
#On the [[http://protocasedesigner.com/download.php Download page]], click the button for the appropriate download format. The download will begin.&lt;br /&gt;
#Open the Protocase Designer installer file in your Downloads folder. &lt;br /&gt;
#If you have previously installed Designer as the Administrator (or if your anti-virus software requires that you confirm that the file is safe), right-click the installer file in Windows Explorer and choose '''Run as administrator.''' (You might have to first choose '''Show in folder''' in Google Chrome, or '''Open containing folder''' in Firefox.)&lt;br /&gt;
#Follow the prompts to install. &lt;br /&gt;
#For first-time installations, after launching Designer, you are prompted to register. Be sure to do so, so that you can receive estimates, place an order, and access the online Cutout Library.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#If your company uses a network configured such that your computer accesses the Internet through a proxy server, configure Designer to use the proxy settings:&lt;br /&gt;
##In Designer, choose '''Edit''' &amp;gt; '''Preferences'''. The Preferences dialog opens.&lt;br /&gt;
##Under '''Proxy Settings''', select the '''Use Proxy for http''' checkbox, then enter the proxy '''address''' and '''port''' number (supplied by your network administrator).&lt;br /&gt;
##;[[File:Proxy_Settings_fields_in_Preferences_NEW.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
##Click '''OK''' to save the settings and close the Preferences dialog. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:'''See Also: '''&lt;br /&gt;
::*[[Uninstalling_Protocase_Designer | '''Uninstalling Protocase Designer''']]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Installing Protocase Designer Without Administrator Privileges===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have no administrator access on your computer, you can still install Protocase Designer just for your user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you install the software, it will install to Users\&amp;lt;username&amp;gt;\Protocase Designer 4\ folder. If you have already had Protocase Designer installed as an administrator, then double-clicking a Protocase Designer file on your computer will open with the old version. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can override this by right-clicking on the Protocase Designer file and selecting Open With. Find the newly installed version that is in your Users\&amp;lt;username\Protocase Designer 4\ folder.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Installation on Mac OSX ===&lt;br /&gt;
The [[Knowledgebase - Software Fixes Released|current beta]] now only requires you to have your security set to allow identified developers. '''This does not make your mac insecure as it still requires a properly signed application, signed with a key purchased from Apple''' (see https://support.apple.com/en-ca/HT202491 ).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To check your security, go to  Apple menu &amp;gt; System Preferences… &amp;gt; Security &amp;amp; Privacy &amp;gt; General tab under the header &amp;quot;Allow applications downloaded from:&amp;quot;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:apple_security.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Installation on Linux ===&lt;br /&gt;
#download linux tar file&lt;br /&gt;
#install openjdk8 &lt;br /&gt;
#tar xf filename (replace with what the linux download is)&lt;br /&gt;
#cd jdesigner&lt;br /&gt;
#sudo bash ./install.sh&lt;br /&gt;
#follow prompts&lt;br /&gt;
#run $PREFIX/bin/ProtocaseDesigner.sh (default: /usr/local/bin/ProtocaseDesigner.sh)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Creating your enclosure=&lt;br /&gt;
To begin designing your enclosure, select a template such as Consolet, Bracket, Panel, L shape, Rackmount, or U shape. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You then customize various parameters including size, thickness, material, and color. A 3D model of your enclosure is then created, which you can customize further.&lt;br /&gt;
#Launch Protocase Designer.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:Splash.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#In the '''Pick an Option to Start''' dialog box, click '''New File'''.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:dialogbox-pickoptionstart_NEW.png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
# Select an enclosure category and then select an enclosure type.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:Templates.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
# Modify the enclosure parameters including size, thickness, material, and color to meet your design requirements.(For details, see [[3D_View_Window#Changing_assembly_properties|'''Changing assembly properties''']].)&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:Prop.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''OK''' to view the 3D model.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:Green1.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Customizing your enclosure=&lt;br /&gt;
To customize the faces of your enclosure, you use the Face Editor, which provides many standard editing tools for creating cutouts, graphics, exclusion zones, and construction lines.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Note''': If you like to use a different unit of measure or have other preferences when using Designer, you can set global options in the [[Preferences_dialog_box | '''Preferences''' dialog box]]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Add basic cutouts==&lt;br /&gt;
#In the 3D View, drag the model to rotate it until it shows the face you want to edit. &lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:Green1.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the '''Edit Face''' button [[File:button-editface_NEW.png|25px|bottom]].&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the face to edit. The Face Editor opens: &lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:Green2.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click a tool in the 2D Mode toolbar, and draw shapes on the face to create cutouts.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:Green3.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''Accept and Close''' [[File:button-acceptclose_NEW.png|25px|bottom]] in the [[Face_Editor#2D_Standard_Toolbar | 2D Standard toolbar]]. You can then see these cutouts applied to your 3D model.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:Green4.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Add built-in cutouts==&lt;br /&gt;
Protocase Designer  offers a variety of built-in cutouts that you can add to your enclosure.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the '''Edit Face''' button [[File:Edit Face.png|100px|bottom]] and then click a face to edit.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the '''Grid''' button [[File:Grid button.png|75px|bottom]] to show the grid. Select &amp;quot;grid snap&amp;quot; to toggle grid snapping.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:Green3.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#On the '''Library''' menu, point to a category and then click a cutout item.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:Green5.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on the face to place the built-in cutout.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:Green6.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Add custom cutouts==&lt;br /&gt;
You can create your own custom cutouts using the Path tool.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the '''Path''' button [[file:tool-path_NEW.png|80px|bottom]] in the 2D Mode toolbar.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the face to place points of the path. To finish and close the path, click the first point again. &lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:window-faceeditor-ushape-path_NEW.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''Accept and Close''' [[File:button-acceptclose_NEW.png|25px|bottom]] to view your enclosure in the 3D View.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:window-main-ushape-cutout-path_NEW.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Note:''' You can quickly create complex cutouts by merging and/or trimming objects. See  [[Face Editor#Path_editing:_Using_the_Trim_and_Merge_tools_to_create_cutouts |'''Using the Trim and Merge tools to create cutouts''']] for details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Add hardware==&lt;br /&gt;
You can easily place hardware on your enclosure to accommodate various components, such as self-clinching fasteners (PEMs) to mount a PCB or handles. &lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''Edit Face''' [[File:button-editface_NEW.png|25px|bottom]] and click a face to edit.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''Toggle Grid''' [[File:button-togglegrid_NEW.png|25px|bottom]] to show the grid. Select &amp;quot;grid snap&amp;quot; to toggle grid snapping.&lt;br /&gt;
#Choose '''Cutout Library and Fasteners''' &amp;gt; '''Place Self Clinching Fasteners'''.&lt;br /&gt;
#Choose the self-clinching fastener and its options.  '''Note''': Parts displayed with a strikeout through the name are incompatible with the enclosure's current material type and/or thickness, and cannot be selected.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:dialogbox-pem_NEW.png|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''Place PEM''' and click the face to add the fasteners.&lt;br /&gt;
#Continue adding fasteners. Click &amp;lt;Escape&amp;gt; or the '''Edit''' tool [[File:tool-edit_NEW.png|25px|bottom]] when you are done.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:window-faceeditor-pem_NEW.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''Accept and Close''' [[File:button-acceptclose_NEW.png|25px|bottom]].&lt;br /&gt;
#Choose '''View''' &amp;gt; '''Show/Hide Parts'''.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:dialogbox-showparts_NEW.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the '''Cover''' check box to remove the cover from the display.&lt;br /&gt;
#Rotate the model to view the fasteners.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:window-main-pem_NEW2.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
'''Note:''' You can also create custom brackets and add them to your enclosure. See [[Face Editor#Creating_and_adding_brackets|'''Creating and adding brackets''']] for details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Add text==&lt;br /&gt;
You can add text for labeling items on your enclosure.  &lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''Edit Face''' [[File:button-editface_NEW.png|25px|bottom]] and click a face to edit.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the '''Text''' tool [[File:tool-text_NEW.png|80px|bottom]]. &lt;br /&gt;
#Click on the face and start typing to add text.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:window-faceeditor-text_NEW.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''Accept and Close''' [[File:button-acceptclose_NEW.png|25px|bottom]].&lt;br /&gt;
#;The text is shown in the 3D model.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:window-main-text_NEW.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Note:''' You can specify the text to be produced with '''[[About_Graphics_(Silkscreening_and_Digital_Printing) | silkscreening or digital printing]]''', or you can add a note to ask Protocase to use '''[http://www.protocase.com/products/mcf_dotpeening.php dot peening]''', which is a permanent marking process that does not use ink.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Adding an image==&lt;br /&gt;
You can add graphics such as logos to your enclosure, using silkscreen or digital printing. See [[Face Editor#Adding silkscreening or direct digital printing|Adding silkscreening or direct digital printing]] for details on which printing method to choose.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''Edit Face''' [[File:button-editface_NEW.png|25px|bottom]] and click the face to edit.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the '''Bitmap''' tool [[File:tool-image_NEW.png|25px|bottom]] in the 2D Mode toolbar, then click on the face where you want to place the image. &lt;br /&gt;
#In the Open dialog that is displayed, select an image file. You can enter an entire path, with or without the filename. &lt;br /&gt;
#Press &amp;lt;Enter&amp;gt; or click the '''Open''' button. If you entered just the path ending with a folder, the window will list the folder files and subfolders. If you entered the path and filename, the file will open.  &lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:window-faceeditor-logo_NEW.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''Accept and Close''' [[File:button-acceptclose_NEW.png|25px|bottom]] to view the 3D image.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:window-main-logo_NEW.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Quoting and ordering your enclosure=&lt;br /&gt;
Once your design is complete you can instantly receive a quote and order your enclosure online. &lt;br /&gt;
#On the '''Instant Quotes and Purchasing''' menu, choose '''Instant Quote''', '''Purchase''', or '''Create Requisition For My Purchasing Department'''. &lt;br /&gt;
#A web page page will open, guiding you through the steps.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:window-purchasing.png|500px]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pledrew</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://www.protocasedesigner.com/wiki/index.php?title=File:Green6.png&amp;diff=4049</id>
		<title>File:Green6.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.protocasedesigner.com/wiki/index.php?title=File:Green6.png&amp;diff=4049"/>
				<updated>2020-08-12T19:55:44Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pledrew: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pledrew</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://www.protocasedesigner.com/wiki/index.php?title=File:Green5.png&amp;diff=4048</id>
		<title>File:Green5.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.protocasedesigner.com/wiki/index.php?title=File:Green5.png&amp;diff=4048"/>
				<updated>2020-08-12T19:52:43Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pledrew: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pledrew</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://www.protocasedesigner.com/wiki/index.php?title=File:Grid_button.png&amp;diff=4047</id>
		<title>File:Grid button.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.protocasedesigner.com/wiki/index.php?title=File:Grid_button.png&amp;diff=4047"/>
				<updated>2020-08-12T19:38:23Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pledrew: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pledrew</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://www.protocasedesigner.com/wiki/index.php?title=File:Edit_Face.png&amp;diff=4046</id>
		<title>File:Edit Face.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.protocasedesigner.com/wiki/index.php?title=File:Edit_Face.png&amp;diff=4046"/>
				<updated>2020-08-12T18:43:26Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pledrew: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pledrew</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://www.protocasedesigner.com/wiki/index.php?title=Knowledgebase_-_Planned_Enhancements&amp;diff=4045</id>
		<title>Knowledgebase - Planned Enhancements</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.protocasedesigner.com/wiki/index.php?title=Knowledgebase_-_Planned_Enhancements&amp;diff=4045"/>
				<updated>2020-08-12T13:58:11Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pledrew: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Planned enhancements are added here when they are identified and approved for development.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Notches in Bends''' - Adding the ability to Notch a bend when cutouts are placed in a position that the bend is likely to cause them to stretch.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''D-Port cutouts''' - We will be updating the placement of D-ports to allow two flat edges.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''STEP file Import and Export''' - We will add the ablilty to export to STEP files, and import that file into other CAD software.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Until any one of the following enhancements is added to Designer, you can add a note in your design asking for it:&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Louvres'''&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Hinges'''&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Drawer slides'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Until any one of the following enhancements is added to Designer, please call and talk to our technical staff to add it to your design:&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Machining''' (see [[http://www.protocase.com/products/cnc-milling.php CNC Milling]] for details) &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Hybrid enclosures''' (see [[http://www.protocase.com/products/electronic-enclosures/hybrid.php Hybrid Enclosures (Extruded/Milled)]] for details)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The following feature has not yet been fully implemented:&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Cutout Library Manager &amp;gt; Create Sub Assembly''': When loading an item you have created, its 2D footprint is displayed, and not the 3D View.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''See Also:'''&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Knowledgebase_-_Known_Issues | Known Issues]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Knowledgebase_-_Software_Fixes_Released | Software Fixes Released]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pledrew</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://www.protocasedesigner.com/wiki/index.php?title=Quick_Start&amp;diff=4044</id>
		<title>Quick Start</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.protocasedesigner.com/wiki/index.php?title=Quick_Start&amp;diff=4044"/>
				<updated>2020-08-12T13:24:53Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pledrew: /* Add built-in cutouts */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
This Quick Start guide walks you through the installation of Protocase Designer and its tools for creating, customizing, and quoting/ordering a design. Before beginning, you may want to review the [[Introduction|'''overview of Designer features''']] and the '''[[Glossary]]'''.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Installing Protocase Designer=&lt;br /&gt;
The installation process is the same for both first-time installations and upgrades. &lt;br /&gt;
#Before installing, ensure that your graphics card drivers are compatible with Opengl 1.2+ (such as ATI and NVIDIA) and that they are up to date. &lt;br /&gt;
#Close all versions of Protocase Designer before installing a new one. (If you are using Windows, when you try to install Designer while another copy is running, an error occurs and the installer exits.) &lt;br /&gt;
#On the [[http://protocasedesigner.com/download.php Download page]], click the button for the appropriate download format. The download will begin.&lt;br /&gt;
#Open the Protocase Designer installer file in your Downloads folder. &lt;br /&gt;
#If you have previously installed Designer as the Administrator (or if your anti-virus software requires that you confirm that the file is safe), right-click the installer file in Windows Explorer and choose '''Run as administrator.''' (You might have to first choose '''Show in folder''' in Google Chrome, or '''Open containing folder''' in Firefox.)&lt;br /&gt;
#Follow the prompts to install. &lt;br /&gt;
#For first-time installations, after launching Designer, you are prompted to register. Be sure to do so, so that you can receive estimates, place an order, and access the online Cutout Library.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#If your company uses a network configured such that your computer accesses the Internet through a proxy server, configure Designer to use the proxy settings:&lt;br /&gt;
##In Designer, choose '''Edit''' &amp;gt; '''Preferences'''. The Preferences dialog opens.&lt;br /&gt;
##Under '''Proxy Settings''', select the '''Use Proxy for http''' checkbox, then enter the proxy '''address''' and '''port''' number (supplied by your network administrator).&lt;br /&gt;
##;[[File:Proxy_Settings_fields_in_Preferences_NEW.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
##Click '''OK''' to save the settings and close the Preferences dialog. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:'''See Also: '''&lt;br /&gt;
::*[[Uninstalling_Protocase_Designer | '''Uninstalling Protocase Designer''']]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Installing Protocase Designer Without Administrator Privileges===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have no administrator access on your computer, you can still install Protocase Designer just for your user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you install the software, it will install to Users\&amp;lt;username&amp;gt;\Protocase Designer 4\ folder. If you have already had Protocase Designer installed as an administrator, then double-clicking a Protocase Designer file on your computer will open with the old version. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can override this by right-clicking on the Protocase Designer file and selecting Open With. Find the newly installed version that is in your Users\&amp;lt;username\Protocase Designer 4\ folder.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Installation on Mac OSX ===&lt;br /&gt;
The [[Knowledgebase - Software Fixes Released|current beta]] now only requires you to have your security set to allow identified developers. '''This does not make your mac insecure as it still requires a properly signed application, signed with a key purchased from Apple''' (see https://support.apple.com/en-ca/HT202491 ).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To check your security, go to  Apple menu &amp;gt; System Preferences… &amp;gt; Security &amp;amp; Privacy &amp;gt; General tab under the header &amp;quot;Allow applications downloaded from:&amp;quot;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:apple_security.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Installation on Linux ===&lt;br /&gt;
#download linux tar file&lt;br /&gt;
#install openjdk8 &lt;br /&gt;
#tar xf filename (replace with what the linux download is)&lt;br /&gt;
#cd jdesigner&lt;br /&gt;
#sudo bash ./install.sh&lt;br /&gt;
#follow prompts&lt;br /&gt;
#run $PREFIX/bin/ProtocaseDesigner.sh (default: /usr/local/bin/ProtocaseDesigner.sh)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Creating your enclosure=&lt;br /&gt;
To begin designing your enclosure, select a template such as Consolet, Bracket, Panel, L shape, Rackmount, or U shape. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You then customize various parameters including size, thickness, material, and color. A 3D model of your enclosure is then created, which you can customize further.&lt;br /&gt;
#Launch Protocase Designer.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:Splash.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#In the '''Pick an Option to Start''' dialog box, click '''New File'''.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:dialogbox-pickoptionstart_NEW.png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
# Select an enclosure category and then select an enclosure type.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:Templates.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
# Modify the enclosure parameters including size, thickness, material, and color to meet your design requirements.(For details, see [[3D_View_Window#Changing_assembly_properties|'''Changing assembly properties''']].)&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:Prop.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''OK''' to view the 3D model.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:Green1.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Customizing your enclosure=&lt;br /&gt;
To customize the faces of your enclosure, you use the Face Editor, which provides many standard editing tools for creating cutouts, graphics, exclusion zones, and construction lines.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Note''': If you like to use a different unit of measure or have other preferences when using Designer, you can set global options in the [[Preferences_dialog_box | '''Preferences''' dialog box]]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Add basic cutouts==&lt;br /&gt;
#In the 3D View, drag the model to rotate it until it shows the face you want to edit. &lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:Green1.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the '''Edit Face''' button [[File:button-editface_NEW.png|25px|bottom]].&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the face to edit. The Face Editor opens: &lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:Green2.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click a tool in the 2D Mode toolbar, and draw shapes on the face to create cutouts.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:Green3.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''Accept and Close''' [[File:button-acceptclose_NEW.png|25px|bottom]] in the [[Face_Editor#2D_Standard_Toolbar | 2D Standard toolbar]]. You can then see these cutouts applied to your 3D model.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:Green4.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Add built-in cutouts==&lt;br /&gt;
Protocase Designer  offers a variety of built-in cutouts that you can add to your enclosure.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the '''Edit Face''' button [[File:button-editface_NEW.png|25px|bottom]] and then click a face to edit.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the '''Grid''' button [[File:button-togglegrid_NEW.png|25px|bottom]] to show the grid. Select &amp;quot;grid snap&amp;quot; to toggle grid snapping.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:Green3.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#On the '''Cutout Library and Fasteners''' menu, point to a category and then click a cutout item.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:window-faceeditor-DB9menu_NEW.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on the face to place the built-in cutout.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:window-faceeditor-ushape-db9_NEW.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Add custom cutouts==&lt;br /&gt;
You can create your own custom cutouts using the Path tool.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the '''Path''' button [[file:tool-path_NEW.png|80px|bottom]] in the 2D Mode toolbar.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the face to place points of the path. To finish and close the path, click the first point again. &lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:window-faceeditor-ushape-path_NEW.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''Accept and Close''' [[File:button-acceptclose_NEW.png|25px|bottom]] to view your enclosure in the 3D View.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:window-main-ushape-cutout-path_NEW.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Note:''' You can quickly create complex cutouts by merging and/or trimming objects. See  [[Face Editor#Path_editing:_Using_the_Trim_and_Merge_tools_to_create_cutouts |'''Using the Trim and Merge tools to create cutouts''']] for details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Add hardware==&lt;br /&gt;
You can easily place hardware on your enclosure to accommodate various components, such as self-clinching fasteners (PEMs) to mount a PCB or handles. &lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''Edit Face''' [[File:button-editface_NEW.png|25px|bottom]] and click a face to edit.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''Toggle Grid''' [[File:button-togglegrid_NEW.png|25px|bottom]] to show the grid. Select &amp;quot;grid snap&amp;quot; to toggle grid snapping.&lt;br /&gt;
#Choose '''Cutout Library and Fasteners''' &amp;gt; '''Place Self Clinching Fasteners'''.&lt;br /&gt;
#Choose the self-clinching fastener and its options.  '''Note''': Parts displayed with a strikeout through the name are incompatible with the enclosure's current material type and/or thickness, and cannot be selected.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:dialogbox-pem_NEW.png|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''Place PEM''' and click the face to add the fasteners.&lt;br /&gt;
#Continue adding fasteners. Click &amp;lt;Escape&amp;gt; or the '''Edit''' tool [[File:tool-edit_NEW.png|25px|bottom]] when you are done.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:window-faceeditor-pem_NEW.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''Accept and Close''' [[File:button-acceptclose_NEW.png|25px|bottom]].&lt;br /&gt;
#Choose '''View''' &amp;gt; '''Show/Hide Parts'''.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:dialogbox-showparts_NEW.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the '''Cover''' check box to remove the cover from the display.&lt;br /&gt;
#Rotate the model to view the fasteners.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:window-main-pem_NEW2.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
'''Note:''' You can also create custom brackets and add them to your enclosure. See [[Face Editor#Creating_and_adding_brackets|'''Creating and adding brackets''']] for details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Add text==&lt;br /&gt;
You can add text for labeling items on your enclosure.  &lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''Edit Face''' [[File:button-editface_NEW.png|25px|bottom]] and click a face to edit.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the '''Text''' tool [[File:tool-text_NEW.png|80px|bottom]]. &lt;br /&gt;
#Click on the face and start typing to add text.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:window-faceeditor-text_NEW.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''Accept and Close''' [[File:button-acceptclose_NEW.png|25px|bottom]].&lt;br /&gt;
#;The text is shown in the 3D model.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:window-main-text_NEW.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Note:''' You can specify the text to be produced with '''[[About_Graphics_(Silkscreening_and_Digital_Printing) | silkscreening or digital printing]]''', or you can add a note to ask Protocase to use '''[http://www.protocase.com/products/mcf_dotpeening.php dot peening]''', which is a permanent marking process that does not use ink.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Adding an image==&lt;br /&gt;
You can add graphics such as logos to your enclosure, using silkscreen or digital printing. See [[Face Editor#Adding silkscreening or direct digital printing|Adding silkscreening or direct digital printing]] for details on which printing method to choose.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''Edit Face''' [[File:button-editface_NEW.png|25px|bottom]] and click the face to edit.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the '''Bitmap''' tool [[File:tool-image_NEW.png|25px|bottom]] in the 2D Mode toolbar, then click on the face where you want to place the image. &lt;br /&gt;
#In the Open dialog that is displayed, select an image file. You can enter an entire path, with or without the filename. &lt;br /&gt;
#Press &amp;lt;Enter&amp;gt; or click the '''Open''' button. If you entered just the path ending with a folder, the window will list the folder files and subfolders. If you entered the path and filename, the file will open.  &lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:window-faceeditor-logo_NEW.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''Accept and Close''' [[File:button-acceptclose_NEW.png|25px|bottom]] to view the 3D image.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:window-main-logo_NEW.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Quoting and ordering your enclosure=&lt;br /&gt;
Once your design is complete you can instantly receive a quote and order your enclosure online. &lt;br /&gt;
#On the '''Instant Quotes and Purchasing''' menu, choose '''Instant Quote''', '''Purchase''', or '''Create Requisition For My Purchasing Department'''. &lt;br /&gt;
#A web page page will open, guiding you through the steps.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:window-purchasing.png|500px]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pledrew</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://www.protocasedesigner.com/wiki/index.php?title=Quick_Start&amp;diff=4043</id>
		<title>Quick Start</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.protocasedesigner.com/wiki/index.php?title=Quick_Start&amp;diff=4043"/>
				<updated>2020-08-11T21:01:39Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pledrew: /* Creating your enclosure */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
This Quick Start guide walks you through the installation of Protocase Designer and its tools for creating, customizing, and quoting/ordering a design. Before beginning, you may want to review the [[Introduction|'''overview of Designer features''']] and the '''[[Glossary]]'''.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Installing Protocase Designer=&lt;br /&gt;
The installation process is the same for both first-time installations and upgrades. &lt;br /&gt;
#Before installing, ensure that your graphics card drivers are compatible with Opengl 1.2+ (such as ATI and NVIDIA) and that they are up to date. &lt;br /&gt;
#Close all versions of Protocase Designer before installing a new one. (If you are using Windows, when you try to install Designer while another copy is running, an error occurs and the installer exits.) &lt;br /&gt;
#On the [[http://protocasedesigner.com/download.php Download page]], click the button for the appropriate download format. The download will begin.&lt;br /&gt;
#Open the Protocase Designer installer file in your Downloads folder. &lt;br /&gt;
#If you have previously installed Designer as the Administrator (or if your anti-virus software requires that you confirm that the file is safe), right-click the installer file in Windows Explorer and choose '''Run as administrator.''' (You might have to first choose '''Show in folder''' in Google Chrome, or '''Open containing folder''' in Firefox.)&lt;br /&gt;
#Follow the prompts to install. &lt;br /&gt;
#For first-time installations, after launching Designer, you are prompted to register. Be sure to do so, so that you can receive estimates, place an order, and access the online Cutout Library.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#If your company uses a network configured such that your computer accesses the Internet through a proxy server, configure Designer to use the proxy settings:&lt;br /&gt;
##In Designer, choose '''Edit''' &amp;gt; '''Preferences'''. The Preferences dialog opens.&lt;br /&gt;
##Under '''Proxy Settings''', select the '''Use Proxy for http''' checkbox, then enter the proxy '''address''' and '''port''' number (supplied by your network administrator).&lt;br /&gt;
##;[[File:Proxy_Settings_fields_in_Preferences_NEW.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
##Click '''OK''' to save the settings and close the Preferences dialog. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:'''See Also: '''&lt;br /&gt;
::*[[Uninstalling_Protocase_Designer | '''Uninstalling Protocase Designer''']]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Installing Protocase Designer Without Administrator Privileges===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have no administrator access on your computer, you can still install Protocase Designer just for your user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you install the software, it will install to Users\&amp;lt;username&amp;gt;\Protocase Designer 4\ folder. If you have already had Protocase Designer installed as an administrator, then double-clicking a Protocase Designer file on your computer will open with the old version. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can override this by right-clicking on the Protocase Designer file and selecting Open With. Find the newly installed version that is in your Users\&amp;lt;username\Protocase Designer 4\ folder.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Installation on Mac OSX ===&lt;br /&gt;
The [[Knowledgebase - Software Fixes Released|current beta]] now only requires you to have your security set to allow identified developers. '''This does not make your mac insecure as it still requires a properly signed application, signed with a key purchased from Apple''' (see https://support.apple.com/en-ca/HT202491 ).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To check your security, go to  Apple menu &amp;gt; System Preferences… &amp;gt; Security &amp;amp; Privacy &amp;gt; General tab under the header &amp;quot;Allow applications downloaded from:&amp;quot;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:apple_security.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Installation on Linux ===&lt;br /&gt;
#download linux tar file&lt;br /&gt;
#install openjdk8 &lt;br /&gt;
#tar xf filename (replace with what the linux download is)&lt;br /&gt;
#cd jdesigner&lt;br /&gt;
#sudo bash ./install.sh&lt;br /&gt;
#follow prompts&lt;br /&gt;
#run $PREFIX/bin/ProtocaseDesigner.sh (default: /usr/local/bin/ProtocaseDesigner.sh)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Creating your enclosure=&lt;br /&gt;
To begin designing your enclosure, select a template such as Consolet, Bracket, Panel, L shape, Rackmount, or U shape. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You then customize various parameters including size, thickness, material, and color. A 3D model of your enclosure is then created, which you can customize further.&lt;br /&gt;
#Launch Protocase Designer.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:Splash.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#In the '''Pick an Option to Start''' dialog box, click '''New File'''.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:dialogbox-pickoptionstart_NEW.png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
# Select an enclosure category and then select an enclosure type.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:Templates.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
# Modify the enclosure parameters including size, thickness, material, and color to meet your design requirements.(For details, see [[3D_View_Window#Changing_assembly_properties|'''Changing assembly properties''']].)&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:Prop.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''OK''' to view the 3D model.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:Green1.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Customizing your enclosure=&lt;br /&gt;
To customize the faces of your enclosure, you use the Face Editor, which provides many standard editing tools for creating cutouts, graphics, exclusion zones, and construction lines.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Note''': If you like to use a different unit of measure or have other preferences when using Designer, you can set global options in the [[Preferences_dialog_box | '''Preferences''' dialog box]]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Add basic cutouts==&lt;br /&gt;
#In the 3D View, drag the model to rotate it until it shows the face you want to edit. &lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:Green1.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the '''Edit Face''' button [[File:button-editface_NEW.png|25px|bottom]].&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the face to edit. The Face Editor opens: &lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:Green2.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click a tool in the 2D Mode toolbar, and draw shapes on the face to create cutouts.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:Green3.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''Accept and Close''' [[File:button-acceptclose_NEW.png|25px|bottom]] in the [[Face_Editor#2D_Standard_Toolbar | 2D Standard toolbar]]. You can then see these cutouts applied to your 3D model.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:Green4.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Add built-in cutouts==&lt;br /&gt;
Protocase Designer  offers a variety of built-in cutouts that you can add to your enclosure.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the '''Edit Face''' button [[File:button-editface_NEW.png|25px|bottom]] and then click a face to edit.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the '''Grid''' button [[File:button-togglegrid_NEW.png|25px|bottom]] to show the grid. Select &amp;quot;grid snap&amp;quot; to toggle grid snapping.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:window-faceeditor-ushape-cutout-grid_NEW.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#On the '''Cutout Library and Fasteners''' menu, point to a category and then click a cutout item.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:window-faceeditor-DB9menu_NEW.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on the face to place the built-in cutout.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:window-faceeditor-ushape-db9_NEW.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Add custom cutouts==&lt;br /&gt;
You can create your own custom cutouts using the Path tool.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the '''Path''' button [[file:tool-path_NEW.png|80px|bottom]] in the 2D Mode toolbar.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the face to place points of the path. To finish and close the path, click the first point again. &lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:window-faceeditor-ushape-path_NEW.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''Accept and Close''' [[File:button-acceptclose_NEW.png|25px|bottom]] to view your enclosure in the 3D View.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:window-main-ushape-cutout-path_NEW.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Note:''' You can quickly create complex cutouts by merging and/or trimming objects. See  [[Face Editor#Path_editing:_Using_the_Trim_and_Merge_tools_to_create_cutouts |'''Using the Trim and Merge tools to create cutouts''']] for details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Add hardware==&lt;br /&gt;
You can easily place hardware on your enclosure to accommodate various components, such as self-clinching fasteners (PEMs) to mount a PCB or handles. &lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''Edit Face''' [[File:button-editface_NEW.png|25px|bottom]] and click a face to edit.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''Toggle Grid''' [[File:button-togglegrid_NEW.png|25px|bottom]] to show the grid. Select &amp;quot;grid snap&amp;quot; to toggle grid snapping.&lt;br /&gt;
#Choose '''Cutout Library and Fasteners''' &amp;gt; '''Place Self Clinching Fasteners'''.&lt;br /&gt;
#Choose the self-clinching fastener and its options.  '''Note''': Parts displayed with a strikeout through the name are incompatible with the enclosure's current material type and/or thickness, and cannot be selected.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:dialogbox-pem_NEW.png|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''Place PEM''' and click the face to add the fasteners.&lt;br /&gt;
#Continue adding fasteners. Click &amp;lt;Escape&amp;gt; or the '''Edit''' tool [[File:tool-edit_NEW.png|25px|bottom]] when you are done.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:window-faceeditor-pem_NEW.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''Accept and Close''' [[File:button-acceptclose_NEW.png|25px|bottom]].&lt;br /&gt;
#Choose '''View''' &amp;gt; '''Show/Hide Parts'''.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:dialogbox-showparts_NEW.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the '''Cover''' check box to remove the cover from the display.&lt;br /&gt;
#Rotate the model to view the fasteners.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:window-main-pem_NEW2.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
'''Note:''' You can also create custom brackets and add them to your enclosure. See [[Face Editor#Creating_and_adding_brackets|'''Creating and adding brackets''']] for details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Add text==&lt;br /&gt;
You can add text for labeling items on your enclosure.  &lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''Edit Face''' [[File:button-editface_NEW.png|25px|bottom]] and click a face to edit.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the '''Text''' tool [[File:tool-text_NEW.png|80px|bottom]]. &lt;br /&gt;
#Click on the face and start typing to add text.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:window-faceeditor-text_NEW.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''Accept and Close''' [[File:button-acceptclose_NEW.png|25px|bottom]].&lt;br /&gt;
#;The text is shown in the 3D model.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:window-main-text_NEW.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Note:''' You can specify the text to be produced with '''[[About_Graphics_(Silkscreening_and_Digital_Printing) | silkscreening or digital printing]]''', or you can add a note to ask Protocase to use '''[http://www.protocase.com/products/mcf_dotpeening.php dot peening]''', which is a permanent marking process that does not use ink.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Adding an image==&lt;br /&gt;
You can add graphics such as logos to your enclosure, using silkscreen or digital printing. See [[Face Editor#Adding silkscreening or direct digital printing|Adding silkscreening or direct digital printing]] for details on which printing method to choose.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''Edit Face''' [[File:button-editface_NEW.png|25px|bottom]] and click the face to edit.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the '''Bitmap''' tool [[File:tool-image_NEW.png|25px|bottom]] in the 2D Mode toolbar, then click on the face where you want to place the image. &lt;br /&gt;
#In the Open dialog that is displayed, select an image file. You can enter an entire path, with or without the filename. &lt;br /&gt;
#Press &amp;lt;Enter&amp;gt; or click the '''Open''' button. If you entered just the path ending with a folder, the window will list the folder files and subfolders. If you entered the path and filename, the file will open.  &lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:window-faceeditor-logo_NEW.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''Accept and Close''' [[File:button-acceptclose_NEW.png|25px|bottom]] to view the 3D image.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:window-main-logo_NEW.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Quoting and ordering your enclosure=&lt;br /&gt;
Once your design is complete you can instantly receive a quote and order your enclosure online. &lt;br /&gt;
#On the '''Instant Quotes and Purchasing''' menu, choose '''Instant Quote''', '''Purchase''', or '''Create Requisition For My Purchasing Department'''. &lt;br /&gt;
#A web page page will open, guiding you through the steps.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:window-purchasing.png|500px]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pledrew</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://www.protocasedesigner.com/wiki/index.php?title=Quick_Start&amp;diff=4042</id>
		<title>Quick Start</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.protocasedesigner.com/wiki/index.php?title=Quick_Start&amp;diff=4042"/>
				<updated>2020-08-11T20:54:04Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pledrew: /* Creating your enclosure */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
This Quick Start guide walks you through the installation of Protocase Designer and its tools for creating, customizing, and quoting/ordering a design. Before beginning, you may want to review the [[Introduction|'''overview of Designer features''']] and the '''[[Glossary]]'''.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Installing Protocase Designer=&lt;br /&gt;
The installation process is the same for both first-time installations and upgrades. &lt;br /&gt;
#Before installing, ensure that your graphics card drivers are compatible with Opengl 1.2+ (such as ATI and NVIDIA) and that they are up to date. &lt;br /&gt;
#Close all versions of Protocase Designer before installing a new one. (If you are using Windows, when you try to install Designer while another copy is running, an error occurs and the installer exits.) &lt;br /&gt;
#On the [[http://protocasedesigner.com/download.php Download page]], click the button for the appropriate download format. The download will begin.&lt;br /&gt;
#Open the Protocase Designer installer file in your Downloads folder. &lt;br /&gt;
#If you have previously installed Designer as the Administrator (or if your anti-virus software requires that you confirm that the file is safe), right-click the installer file in Windows Explorer and choose '''Run as administrator.''' (You might have to first choose '''Show in folder''' in Google Chrome, or '''Open containing folder''' in Firefox.)&lt;br /&gt;
#Follow the prompts to install. &lt;br /&gt;
#For first-time installations, after launching Designer, you are prompted to register. Be sure to do so, so that you can receive estimates, place an order, and access the online Cutout Library.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#If your company uses a network configured such that your computer accesses the Internet through a proxy server, configure Designer to use the proxy settings:&lt;br /&gt;
##In Designer, choose '''Edit''' &amp;gt; '''Preferences'''. The Preferences dialog opens.&lt;br /&gt;
##Under '''Proxy Settings''', select the '''Use Proxy for http''' checkbox, then enter the proxy '''address''' and '''port''' number (supplied by your network administrator).&lt;br /&gt;
##;[[File:Proxy_Settings_fields_in_Preferences_NEW.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
##Click '''OK''' to save the settings and close the Preferences dialog. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:'''See Also: '''&lt;br /&gt;
::*[[Uninstalling_Protocase_Designer | '''Uninstalling Protocase Designer''']]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Installing Protocase Designer Without Administrator Privileges===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have no administrator access on your computer, you can still install Protocase Designer just for your user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you install the software, it will install to Users\&amp;lt;username&amp;gt;\Protocase Designer 4\ folder. If you have already had Protocase Designer installed as an administrator, then double-clicking a Protocase Designer file on your computer will open with the old version. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can override this by right-clicking on the Protocase Designer file and selecting Open With. Find the newly installed version that is in your Users\&amp;lt;username\Protocase Designer 4\ folder.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Installation on Mac OSX ===&lt;br /&gt;
The [[Knowledgebase - Software Fixes Released|current beta]] now only requires you to have your security set to allow identified developers. '''This does not make your mac insecure as it still requires a properly signed application, signed with a key purchased from Apple''' (see https://support.apple.com/en-ca/HT202491 ).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To check your security, go to  Apple menu &amp;gt; System Preferences… &amp;gt; Security &amp;amp; Privacy &amp;gt; General tab under the header &amp;quot;Allow applications downloaded from:&amp;quot;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:apple_security.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Installation on Linux ===&lt;br /&gt;
#download linux tar file&lt;br /&gt;
#install openjdk8 &lt;br /&gt;
#tar xf filename (replace with what the linux download is)&lt;br /&gt;
#cd jdesigner&lt;br /&gt;
#sudo bash ./install.sh&lt;br /&gt;
#follow prompts&lt;br /&gt;
#run $PREFIX/bin/ProtocaseDesigner.sh (default: /usr/local/bin/ProtocaseDesigner.sh)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Creating your enclosure=&lt;br /&gt;
To begin designing your enclosure, select a template such as Consolet, Bracket, Panel, L shape, Rackmount, or U shape. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You then customize various parameters including size, thickness, material, and color. A 3D model of your enclosure is then created, which you can customize further.&lt;br /&gt;
#Launch Protocase Designer.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:Splash.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#In the '''Pick an Option to Start''' dialog box, click '''New File'''.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:dialogbox-pickoptionstart_NEW.png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
# Select an enclosure category and then select an enclosure type.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:Templates.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
# Modify the enclosure parameters including size, thickness, material, and color to meet your design requirements. &lt;br /&gt;
(For details, see [[3D_View_Window#Changing_assembly_properties|'''Changing assembly properties''']].)&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:Prop.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''OK''' to view the 3D model.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:Green1.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Customizing your enclosure=&lt;br /&gt;
To customize the faces of your enclosure, you use the Face Editor, which provides many standard editing tools for creating cutouts, graphics, exclusion zones, and construction lines.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Note''': If you like to use a different unit of measure or have other preferences when using Designer, you can set global options in the [[Preferences_dialog_box | '''Preferences''' dialog box]]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Add basic cutouts==&lt;br /&gt;
#In the 3D View, drag the model to rotate it until it shows the face you want to edit. &lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:Green1.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the '''Edit Face''' button [[File:button-editface_NEW.png|25px|bottom]].&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the face to edit. The Face Editor opens: &lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:Green2.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click a tool in the 2D Mode toolbar, and draw shapes on the face to create cutouts.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:Green3.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''Accept and Close''' [[File:button-acceptclose_NEW.png|25px|bottom]] in the [[Face_Editor#2D_Standard_Toolbar | 2D Standard toolbar]]. You can then see these cutouts applied to your 3D model.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:Green4.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Add built-in cutouts==&lt;br /&gt;
Protocase Designer  offers a variety of built-in cutouts that you can add to your enclosure.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the '''Edit Face''' button [[File:button-editface_NEW.png|25px|bottom]] and then click a face to edit.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the '''Grid''' button [[File:button-togglegrid_NEW.png|25px|bottom]] to show the grid. Select &amp;quot;grid snap&amp;quot; to toggle grid snapping.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:window-faceeditor-ushape-cutout-grid_NEW.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#On the '''Cutout Library and Fasteners''' menu, point to a category and then click a cutout item.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:window-faceeditor-DB9menu_NEW.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on the face to place the built-in cutout.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:window-faceeditor-ushape-db9_NEW.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Add custom cutouts==&lt;br /&gt;
You can create your own custom cutouts using the Path tool.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the '''Path''' button [[file:tool-path_NEW.png|80px|bottom]] in the 2D Mode toolbar.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the face to place points of the path. To finish and close the path, click the first point again. &lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:window-faceeditor-ushape-path_NEW.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''Accept and Close''' [[File:button-acceptclose_NEW.png|25px|bottom]] to view your enclosure in the 3D View.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:window-main-ushape-cutout-path_NEW.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Note:''' You can quickly create complex cutouts by merging and/or trimming objects. See  [[Face Editor#Path_editing:_Using_the_Trim_and_Merge_tools_to_create_cutouts |'''Using the Trim and Merge tools to create cutouts''']] for details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Add hardware==&lt;br /&gt;
You can easily place hardware on your enclosure to accommodate various components, such as self-clinching fasteners (PEMs) to mount a PCB or handles. &lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''Edit Face''' [[File:button-editface_NEW.png|25px|bottom]] and click a face to edit.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''Toggle Grid''' [[File:button-togglegrid_NEW.png|25px|bottom]] to show the grid. Select &amp;quot;grid snap&amp;quot; to toggle grid snapping.&lt;br /&gt;
#Choose '''Cutout Library and Fasteners''' &amp;gt; '''Place Self Clinching Fasteners'''.&lt;br /&gt;
#Choose the self-clinching fastener and its options.  '''Note''': Parts displayed with a strikeout through the name are incompatible with the enclosure's current material type and/or thickness, and cannot be selected.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:dialogbox-pem_NEW.png|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''Place PEM''' and click the face to add the fasteners.&lt;br /&gt;
#Continue adding fasteners. Click &amp;lt;Escape&amp;gt; or the '''Edit''' tool [[File:tool-edit_NEW.png|25px|bottom]] when you are done.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:window-faceeditor-pem_NEW.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''Accept and Close''' [[File:button-acceptclose_NEW.png|25px|bottom]].&lt;br /&gt;
#Choose '''View''' &amp;gt; '''Show/Hide Parts'''.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:dialogbox-showparts_NEW.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the '''Cover''' check box to remove the cover from the display.&lt;br /&gt;
#Rotate the model to view the fasteners.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:window-main-pem_NEW2.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
'''Note:''' You can also create custom brackets and add them to your enclosure. See [[Face Editor#Creating_and_adding_brackets|'''Creating and adding brackets''']] for details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Add text==&lt;br /&gt;
You can add text for labeling items on your enclosure.  &lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''Edit Face''' [[File:button-editface_NEW.png|25px|bottom]] and click a face to edit.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the '''Text''' tool [[File:tool-text_NEW.png|80px|bottom]]. &lt;br /&gt;
#Click on the face and start typing to add text.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:window-faceeditor-text_NEW.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''Accept and Close''' [[File:button-acceptclose_NEW.png|25px|bottom]].&lt;br /&gt;
#;The text is shown in the 3D model.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:window-main-text_NEW.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Note:''' You can specify the text to be produced with '''[[About_Graphics_(Silkscreening_and_Digital_Printing) | silkscreening or digital printing]]''', or you can add a note to ask Protocase to use '''[http://www.protocase.com/products/mcf_dotpeening.php dot peening]''', which is a permanent marking process that does not use ink.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Adding an image==&lt;br /&gt;
You can add graphics such as logos to your enclosure, using silkscreen or digital printing. See [[Face Editor#Adding silkscreening or direct digital printing|Adding silkscreening or direct digital printing]] for details on which printing method to choose.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''Edit Face''' [[File:button-editface_NEW.png|25px|bottom]] and click the face to edit.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the '''Bitmap''' tool [[File:tool-image_NEW.png|25px|bottom]] in the 2D Mode toolbar, then click on the face where you want to place the image. &lt;br /&gt;
#In the Open dialog that is displayed, select an image file. You can enter an entire path, with or without the filename. &lt;br /&gt;
#Press &amp;lt;Enter&amp;gt; or click the '''Open''' button. If you entered just the path ending with a folder, the window will list the folder files and subfolders. If you entered the path and filename, the file will open.  &lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:window-faceeditor-logo_NEW.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''Accept and Close''' [[File:button-acceptclose_NEW.png|25px|bottom]] to view the 3D image.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:window-main-logo_NEW.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Quoting and ordering your enclosure=&lt;br /&gt;
Once your design is complete you can instantly receive a quote and order your enclosure online. &lt;br /&gt;
#On the '''Instant Quotes and Purchasing''' menu, choose '''Instant Quote''', '''Purchase''', or '''Create Requisition For My Purchasing Department'''. &lt;br /&gt;
#A web page page will open, guiding you through the steps.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:window-purchasing.png|500px]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pledrew</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://www.protocasedesigner.com/wiki/index.php?title=File:Prop.png&amp;diff=4041</id>
		<title>File:Prop.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.protocasedesigner.com/wiki/index.php?title=File:Prop.png&amp;diff=4041"/>
				<updated>2020-08-11T20:50:16Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pledrew: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pledrew</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://www.protocasedesigner.com/wiki/index.php?title=Quick_Start&amp;diff=4040</id>
		<title>Quick Start</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.protocasedesigner.com/wiki/index.php?title=Quick_Start&amp;diff=4040"/>
				<updated>2020-08-11T20:44:39Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pledrew: /* Add basic cutouts */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
This Quick Start guide walks you through the installation of Protocase Designer and its tools for creating, customizing, and quoting/ordering a design. Before beginning, you may want to review the [[Introduction|'''overview of Designer features''']] and the '''[[Glossary]]'''.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Installing Protocase Designer=&lt;br /&gt;
The installation process is the same for both first-time installations and upgrades. &lt;br /&gt;
#Before installing, ensure that your graphics card drivers are compatible with Opengl 1.2+ (such as ATI and NVIDIA) and that they are up to date. &lt;br /&gt;
#Close all versions of Protocase Designer before installing a new one. (If you are using Windows, when you try to install Designer while another copy is running, an error occurs and the installer exits.) &lt;br /&gt;
#On the [[http://protocasedesigner.com/download.php Download page]], click the button for the appropriate download format. The download will begin.&lt;br /&gt;
#Open the Protocase Designer installer file in your Downloads folder. &lt;br /&gt;
#If you have previously installed Designer as the Administrator (or if your anti-virus software requires that you confirm that the file is safe), right-click the installer file in Windows Explorer and choose '''Run as administrator.''' (You might have to first choose '''Show in folder''' in Google Chrome, or '''Open containing folder''' in Firefox.)&lt;br /&gt;
#Follow the prompts to install. &lt;br /&gt;
#For first-time installations, after launching Designer, you are prompted to register. Be sure to do so, so that you can receive estimates, place an order, and access the online Cutout Library.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#If your company uses a network configured such that your computer accesses the Internet through a proxy server, configure Designer to use the proxy settings:&lt;br /&gt;
##In Designer, choose '''Edit''' &amp;gt; '''Preferences'''. The Preferences dialog opens.&lt;br /&gt;
##Under '''Proxy Settings''', select the '''Use Proxy for http''' checkbox, then enter the proxy '''address''' and '''port''' number (supplied by your network administrator).&lt;br /&gt;
##;[[File:Proxy_Settings_fields_in_Preferences_NEW.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
##Click '''OK''' to save the settings and close the Preferences dialog. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:'''See Also: '''&lt;br /&gt;
::*[[Uninstalling_Protocase_Designer | '''Uninstalling Protocase Designer''']]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Installing Protocase Designer Without Administrator Privileges===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have no administrator access on your computer, you can still install Protocase Designer just for your user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you install the software, it will install to Users\&amp;lt;username&amp;gt;\Protocase Designer 4\ folder. If you have already had Protocase Designer installed as an administrator, then double-clicking a Protocase Designer file on your computer will open with the old version. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can override this by right-clicking on the Protocase Designer file and selecting Open With. Find the newly installed version that is in your Users\&amp;lt;username\Protocase Designer 4\ folder.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Installation on Mac OSX ===&lt;br /&gt;
The [[Knowledgebase - Software Fixes Released|current beta]] now only requires you to have your security set to allow identified developers. '''This does not make your mac insecure as it still requires a properly signed application, signed with a key purchased from Apple''' (see https://support.apple.com/en-ca/HT202491 ).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To check your security, go to  Apple menu &amp;gt; System Preferences… &amp;gt; Security &amp;amp; Privacy &amp;gt; General tab under the header &amp;quot;Allow applications downloaded from:&amp;quot;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:apple_security.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Installation on Linux ===&lt;br /&gt;
#download linux tar file&lt;br /&gt;
#install openjdk8 &lt;br /&gt;
#tar xf filename (replace with what the linux download is)&lt;br /&gt;
#cd jdesigner&lt;br /&gt;
#sudo bash ./install.sh&lt;br /&gt;
#follow prompts&lt;br /&gt;
#run $PREFIX/bin/ProtocaseDesigner.sh (default: /usr/local/bin/ProtocaseDesigner.sh)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Creating your enclosure=&lt;br /&gt;
To begin designing your enclosure, select a template such as Consolet, Bracket, Panel, L shape, Rackmount, or U shape. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You then customize various parameters including size, thickness, material, and color. A 3D model of your enclosure is then created, which you can customize further.&lt;br /&gt;
#Launch Protocase Designer.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:Splash.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#In the '''Pick an Option to Start''' dialog box, click '''New File'''.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:dialogbox-pickoptionstart_NEW.png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
# Select an enclosure category and then select an enclosure type.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:Templates.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
# Modify the enclosure parameters including size, thickness, material, and color to meet your design requirements. (For details, see [[3D_View_Window#Changing_assembly_properties|'''Changing assembly properties''']].)&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:window-newassembly-ushape_NEW.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''OK''' to view the 3D model.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:window-main-ushape_NEW.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Customizing your enclosure=&lt;br /&gt;
To customize the faces of your enclosure, you use the Face Editor, which provides many standard editing tools for creating cutouts, graphics, exclusion zones, and construction lines.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Note''': If you like to use a different unit of measure or have other preferences when using Designer, you can set global options in the [[Preferences_dialog_box | '''Preferences''' dialog box]]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Add basic cutouts==&lt;br /&gt;
#In the 3D View, drag the model to rotate it until it shows the face you want to edit. &lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:Green1.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the '''Edit Face''' button [[File:button-editface_NEW.png|25px|bottom]].&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the face to edit. The Face Editor opens: &lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:Green2.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click a tool in the 2D Mode toolbar, and draw shapes on the face to create cutouts.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:Green3.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''Accept and Close''' [[File:button-acceptclose_NEW.png|25px|bottom]] in the [[Face_Editor#2D_Standard_Toolbar | 2D Standard toolbar]]. You can then see these cutouts applied to your 3D model.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:Green4.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Add built-in cutouts==&lt;br /&gt;
Protocase Designer  offers a variety of built-in cutouts that you can add to your enclosure.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the '''Edit Face''' button [[File:button-editface_NEW.png|25px|bottom]] and then click a face to edit.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the '''Grid''' button [[File:button-togglegrid_NEW.png|25px|bottom]] to show the grid. Select &amp;quot;grid snap&amp;quot; to toggle grid snapping.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:window-faceeditor-ushape-cutout-grid_NEW.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#On the '''Cutout Library and Fasteners''' menu, point to a category and then click a cutout item.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:window-faceeditor-DB9menu_NEW.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on the face to place the built-in cutout.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:window-faceeditor-ushape-db9_NEW.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Add custom cutouts==&lt;br /&gt;
You can create your own custom cutouts using the Path tool.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the '''Path''' button [[file:tool-path_NEW.png|80px|bottom]] in the 2D Mode toolbar.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the face to place points of the path. To finish and close the path, click the first point again. &lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:window-faceeditor-ushape-path_NEW.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''Accept and Close''' [[File:button-acceptclose_NEW.png|25px|bottom]] to view your enclosure in the 3D View.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:window-main-ushape-cutout-path_NEW.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Note:''' You can quickly create complex cutouts by merging and/or trimming objects. See  [[Face Editor#Path_editing:_Using_the_Trim_and_Merge_tools_to_create_cutouts |'''Using the Trim and Merge tools to create cutouts''']] for details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Add hardware==&lt;br /&gt;
You can easily place hardware on your enclosure to accommodate various components, such as self-clinching fasteners (PEMs) to mount a PCB or handles. &lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''Edit Face''' [[File:button-editface_NEW.png|25px|bottom]] and click a face to edit.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''Toggle Grid''' [[File:button-togglegrid_NEW.png|25px|bottom]] to show the grid. Select &amp;quot;grid snap&amp;quot; to toggle grid snapping.&lt;br /&gt;
#Choose '''Cutout Library and Fasteners''' &amp;gt; '''Place Self Clinching Fasteners'''.&lt;br /&gt;
#Choose the self-clinching fastener and its options.  '''Note''': Parts displayed with a strikeout through the name are incompatible with the enclosure's current material type and/or thickness, and cannot be selected.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:dialogbox-pem_NEW.png|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''Place PEM''' and click the face to add the fasteners.&lt;br /&gt;
#Continue adding fasteners. Click &amp;lt;Escape&amp;gt; or the '''Edit''' tool [[File:tool-edit_NEW.png|25px|bottom]] when you are done.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:window-faceeditor-pem_NEW.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''Accept and Close''' [[File:button-acceptclose_NEW.png|25px|bottom]].&lt;br /&gt;
#Choose '''View''' &amp;gt; '''Show/Hide Parts'''.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:dialogbox-showparts_NEW.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the '''Cover''' check box to remove the cover from the display.&lt;br /&gt;
#Rotate the model to view the fasteners.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:window-main-pem_NEW2.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
'''Note:''' You can also create custom brackets and add them to your enclosure. See [[Face Editor#Creating_and_adding_brackets|'''Creating and adding brackets''']] for details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Add text==&lt;br /&gt;
You can add text for labeling items on your enclosure.  &lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''Edit Face''' [[File:button-editface_NEW.png|25px|bottom]] and click a face to edit.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the '''Text''' tool [[File:tool-text_NEW.png|80px|bottom]]. &lt;br /&gt;
#Click on the face and start typing to add text.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:window-faceeditor-text_NEW.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''Accept and Close''' [[File:button-acceptclose_NEW.png|25px|bottom]].&lt;br /&gt;
#;The text is shown in the 3D model.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:window-main-text_NEW.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Note:''' You can specify the text to be produced with '''[[About_Graphics_(Silkscreening_and_Digital_Printing) | silkscreening or digital printing]]''', or you can add a note to ask Protocase to use '''[http://www.protocase.com/products/mcf_dotpeening.php dot peening]''', which is a permanent marking process that does not use ink.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Adding an image==&lt;br /&gt;
You can add graphics such as logos to your enclosure, using silkscreen or digital printing. See [[Face Editor#Adding silkscreening or direct digital printing|Adding silkscreening or direct digital printing]] for details on which printing method to choose.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''Edit Face''' [[File:button-editface_NEW.png|25px|bottom]] and click the face to edit.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the '''Bitmap''' tool [[File:tool-image_NEW.png|25px|bottom]] in the 2D Mode toolbar, then click on the face where you want to place the image. &lt;br /&gt;
#In the Open dialog that is displayed, select an image file. You can enter an entire path, with or without the filename. &lt;br /&gt;
#Press &amp;lt;Enter&amp;gt; or click the '''Open''' button. If you entered just the path ending with a folder, the window will list the folder files and subfolders. If you entered the path and filename, the file will open.  &lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:window-faceeditor-logo_NEW.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''Accept and Close''' [[File:button-acceptclose_NEW.png|25px|bottom]] to view the 3D image.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:window-main-logo_NEW.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Quoting and ordering your enclosure=&lt;br /&gt;
Once your design is complete you can instantly receive a quote and order your enclosure online. &lt;br /&gt;
#On the '''Instant Quotes and Purchasing''' menu, choose '''Instant Quote''', '''Purchase''', or '''Create Requisition For My Purchasing Department'''. &lt;br /&gt;
#A web page page will open, guiding you through the steps.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:window-purchasing.png|500px]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pledrew</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://www.protocasedesigner.com/wiki/index.php?title=Quick_Start&amp;diff=4039</id>
		<title>Quick Start</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.protocasedesigner.com/wiki/index.php?title=Quick_Start&amp;diff=4039"/>
				<updated>2020-08-11T20:41:38Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pledrew: /* Creating your enclosure */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
This Quick Start guide walks you through the installation of Protocase Designer and its tools for creating, customizing, and quoting/ordering a design. Before beginning, you may want to review the [[Introduction|'''overview of Designer features''']] and the '''[[Glossary]]'''.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Installing Protocase Designer=&lt;br /&gt;
The installation process is the same for both first-time installations and upgrades. &lt;br /&gt;
#Before installing, ensure that your graphics card drivers are compatible with Opengl 1.2+ (such as ATI and NVIDIA) and that they are up to date. &lt;br /&gt;
#Close all versions of Protocase Designer before installing a new one. (If you are using Windows, when you try to install Designer while another copy is running, an error occurs and the installer exits.) &lt;br /&gt;
#On the [[http://protocasedesigner.com/download.php Download page]], click the button for the appropriate download format. The download will begin.&lt;br /&gt;
#Open the Protocase Designer installer file in your Downloads folder. &lt;br /&gt;
#If you have previously installed Designer as the Administrator (or if your anti-virus software requires that you confirm that the file is safe), right-click the installer file in Windows Explorer and choose '''Run as administrator.''' (You might have to first choose '''Show in folder''' in Google Chrome, or '''Open containing folder''' in Firefox.)&lt;br /&gt;
#Follow the prompts to install. &lt;br /&gt;
#For first-time installations, after launching Designer, you are prompted to register. Be sure to do so, so that you can receive estimates, place an order, and access the online Cutout Library.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#If your company uses a network configured such that your computer accesses the Internet through a proxy server, configure Designer to use the proxy settings:&lt;br /&gt;
##In Designer, choose '''Edit''' &amp;gt; '''Preferences'''. The Preferences dialog opens.&lt;br /&gt;
##Under '''Proxy Settings''', select the '''Use Proxy for http''' checkbox, then enter the proxy '''address''' and '''port''' number (supplied by your network administrator).&lt;br /&gt;
##;[[File:Proxy_Settings_fields_in_Preferences_NEW.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
##Click '''OK''' to save the settings and close the Preferences dialog. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:'''See Also: '''&lt;br /&gt;
::*[[Uninstalling_Protocase_Designer | '''Uninstalling Protocase Designer''']]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Installing Protocase Designer Without Administrator Privileges===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have no administrator access on your computer, you can still install Protocase Designer just for your user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you install the software, it will install to Users\&amp;lt;username&amp;gt;\Protocase Designer 4\ folder. If you have already had Protocase Designer installed as an administrator, then double-clicking a Protocase Designer file on your computer will open with the old version. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can override this by right-clicking on the Protocase Designer file and selecting Open With. Find the newly installed version that is in your Users\&amp;lt;username\Protocase Designer 4\ folder.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Installation on Mac OSX ===&lt;br /&gt;
The [[Knowledgebase - Software Fixes Released|current beta]] now only requires you to have your security set to allow identified developers. '''This does not make your mac insecure as it still requires a properly signed application, signed with a key purchased from Apple''' (see https://support.apple.com/en-ca/HT202491 ).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To check your security, go to  Apple menu &amp;gt; System Preferences… &amp;gt; Security &amp;amp; Privacy &amp;gt; General tab under the header &amp;quot;Allow applications downloaded from:&amp;quot;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:apple_security.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Installation on Linux ===&lt;br /&gt;
#download linux tar file&lt;br /&gt;
#install openjdk8 &lt;br /&gt;
#tar xf filename (replace with what the linux download is)&lt;br /&gt;
#cd jdesigner&lt;br /&gt;
#sudo bash ./install.sh&lt;br /&gt;
#follow prompts&lt;br /&gt;
#run $PREFIX/bin/ProtocaseDesigner.sh (default: /usr/local/bin/ProtocaseDesigner.sh)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Creating your enclosure=&lt;br /&gt;
To begin designing your enclosure, select a template such as Consolet, Bracket, Panel, L shape, Rackmount, or U shape. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You then customize various parameters including size, thickness, material, and color. A 3D model of your enclosure is then created, which you can customize further.&lt;br /&gt;
#Launch Protocase Designer.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:Splash.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#In the '''Pick an Option to Start''' dialog box, click '''New File'''.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:dialogbox-pickoptionstart_NEW.png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
# Select an enclosure category and then select an enclosure type.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:Templates.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
# Modify the enclosure parameters including size, thickness, material, and color to meet your design requirements. (For details, see [[3D_View_Window#Changing_assembly_properties|'''Changing assembly properties''']].)&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:window-newassembly-ushape_NEW.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''OK''' to view the 3D model.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:window-main-ushape_NEW.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Customizing your enclosure=&lt;br /&gt;
To customize the faces of your enclosure, you use the Face Editor, which provides many standard editing tools for creating cutouts, graphics, exclusion zones, and construction lines.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Note''': If you like to use a different unit of measure or have other preferences when using Designer, you can set global options in the [[Preferences_dialog_box | '''Preferences''' dialog box]]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Add basic cutouts==&lt;br /&gt;
#In the 3D View, drag the model to rotate it until it shows the face you want to edit. &lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:window-main-ushape-rear_NEW.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the '''Edit Face''' button [[File:button-editface_NEW.png|25px|bottom]].&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the face to edit. The Face Editor opens: &lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:window-faceeditor-ushape-rear_NEW.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click a tool in the 2D Mode toolbar, and draw shapes on the face to create cutouts.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:window-faceeditor-ushape-rear-cutouts_NEW.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''Accept and Close''' [[File:button-acceptclose_NEW.png|25px|bottom]] in the [[Face_Editor#2D_Standard_Toolbar | 2D Standard toolbar]]. You can then see these cutouts applied to your 3D model.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:window-main-ushape-rear-cutouts_NEW.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Add built-in cutouts==&lt;br /&gt;
Protocase Designer  offers a variety of built-in cutouts that you can add to your enclosure.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the '''Edit Face''' button [[File:button-editface_NEW.png|25px|bottom]] and then click a face to edit.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the '''Grid''' button [[File:button-togglegrid_NEW.png|25px|bottom]] to show the grid. Select &amp;quot;grid snap&amp;quot; to toggle grid snapping.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:window-faceeditor-ushape-cutout-grid_NEW.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#On the '''Cutout Library and Fasteners''' menu, point to a category and then click a cutout item.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:window-faceeditor-DB9menu_NEW.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on the face to place the built-in cutout.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:window-faceeditor-ushape-db9_NEW.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Add custom cutouts==&lt;br /&gt;
You can create your own custom cutouts using the Path tool.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the '''Path''' button [[file:tool-path_NEW.png|80px|bottom]] in the 2D Mode toolbar.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the face to place points of the path. To finish and close the path, click the first point again. &lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:window-faceeditor-ushape-path_NEW.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''Accept and Close''' [[File:button-acceptclose_NEW.png|25px|bottom]] to view your enclosure in the 3D View.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:window-main-ushape-cutout-path_NEW.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Note:''' You can quickly create complex cutouts by merging and/or trimming objects. See  [[Face Editor#Path_editing:_Using_the_Trim_and_Merge_tools_to_create_cutouts |'''Using the Trim and Merge tools to create cutouts''']] for details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Add hardware==&lt;br /&gt;
You can easily place hardware on your enclosure to accommodate various components, such as self-clinching fasteners (PEMs) to mount a PCB or handles. &lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''Edit Face''' [[File:button-editface_NEW.png|25px|bottom]] and click a face to edit.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''Toggle Grid''' [[File:button-togglegrid_NEW.png|25px|bottom]] to show the grid. Select &amp;quot;grid snap&amp;quot; to toggle grid snapping.&lt;br /&gt;
#Choose '''Cutout Library and Fasteners''' &amp;gt; '''Place Self Clinching Fasteners'''.&lt;br /&gt;
#Choose the self-clinching fastener and its options.  '''Note''': Parts displayed with a strikeout through the name are incompatible with the enclosure's current material type and/or thickness, and cannot be selected.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:dialogbox-pem_NEW.png|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''Place PEM''' and click the face to add the fasteners.&lt;br /&gt;
#Continue adding fasteners. Click &amp;lt;Escape&amp;gt; or the '''Edit''' tool [[File:tool-edit_NEW.png|25px|bottom]] when you are done.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:window-faceeditor-pem_NEW.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''Accept and Close''' [[File:button-acceptclose_NEW.png|25px|bottom]].&lt;br /&gt;
#Choose '''View''' &amp;gt; '''Show/Hide Parts'''.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:dialogbox-showparts_NEW.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the '''Cover''' check box to remove the cover from the display.&lt;br /&gt;
#Rotate the model to view the fasteners.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:window-main-pem_NEW2.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
'''Note:''' You can also create custom brackets and add them to your enclosure. See [[Face Editor#Creating_and_adding_brackets|'''Creating and adding brackets''']] for details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Add text==&lt;br /&gt;
You can add text for labeling items on your enclosure.  &lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''Edit Face''' [[File:button-editface_NEW.png|25px|bottom]] and click a face to edit.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the '''Text''' tool [[File:tool-text_NEW.png|80px|bottom]]. &lt;br /&gt;
#Click on the face and start typing to add text.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:window-faceeditor-text_NEW.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''Accept and Close''' [[File:button-acceptclose_NEW.png|25px|bottom]].&lt;br /&gt;
#;The text is shown in the 3D model.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:window-main-text_NEW.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Note:''' You can specify the text to be produced with '''[[About_Graphics_(Silkscreening_and_Digital_Printing) | silkscreening or digital printing]]''', or you can add a note to ask Protocase to use '''[http://www.protocase.com/products/mcf_dotpeening.php dot peening]''', which is a permanent marking process that does not use ink.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Adding an image==&lt;br /&gt;
You can add graphics such as logos to your enclosure, using silkscreen or digital printing. See [[Face Editor#Adding silkscreening or direct digital printing|Adding silkscreening or direct digital printing]] for details on which printing method to choose.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''Edit Face''' [[File:button-editface_NEW.png|25px|bottom]] and click the face to edit.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the '''Bitmap''' tool [[File:tool-image_NEW.png|25px|bottom]] in the 2D Mode toolbar, then click on the face where you want to place the image. &lt;br /&gt;
#In the Open dialog that is displayed, select an image file. You can enter an entire path, with or without the filename. &lt;br /&gt;
#Press &amp;lt;Enter&amp;gt; or click the '''Open''' button. If you entered just the path ending with a folder, the window will list the folder files and subfolders. If you entered the path and filename, the file will open.  &lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:window-faceeditor-logo_NEW.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''Accept and Close''' [[File:button-acceptclose_NEW.png|25px|bottom]] to view the 3D image.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:window-main-logo_NEW.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Quoting and ordering your enclosure=&lt;br /&gt;
Once your design is complete you can instantly receive a quote and order your enclosure online. &lt;br /&gt;
#On the '''Instant Quotes and Purchasing''' menu, choose '''Instant Quote''', '''Purchase''', or '''Create Requisition For My Purchasing Department'''. &lt;br /&gt;
#A web page page will open, guiding you through the steps.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:window-purchasing.png|500px]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pledrew</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://www.protocasedesigner.com/wiki/index.php?title=File:Green4.png&amp;diff=4038</id>
		<title>File:Green4.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.protocasedesigner.com/wiki/index.php?title=File:Green4.png&amp;diff=4038"/>
				<updated>2020-08-11T20:40:28Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pledrew: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pledrew</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://www.protocasedesigner.com/wiki/index.php?title=File:Green3.png&amp;diff=4037</id>
		<title>File:Green3.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.protocasedesigner.com/wiki/index.php?title=File:Green3.png&amp;diff=4037"/>
				<updated>2020-08-11T20:39:39Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pledrew: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pledrew</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://www.protocasedesigner.com/wiki/index.php?title=File:Green2.png&amp;diff=4036</id>
		<title>File:Green2.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.protocasedesigner.com/wiki/index.php?title=File:Green2.png&amp;diff=4036"/>
				<updated>2020-08-11T20:39:04Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pledrew: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pledrew</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://www.protocasedesigner.com/wiki/index.php?title=File:Green1.png&amp;diff=4035</id>
		<title>File:Green1.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.protocasedesigner.com/wiki/index.php?title=File:Green1.png&amp;diff=4035"/>
				<updated>2020-08-11T20:38:16Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pledrew: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pledrew</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://www.protocasedesigner.com/wiki/index.php?title=File:Templates.png&amp;diff=4034</id>
		<title>File:Templates.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.protocasedesigner.com/wiki/index.php?title=File:Templates.png&amp;diff=4034"/>
				<updated>2020-08-11T20:37:41Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pledrew: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pledrew</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://www.protocasedesigner.com/wiki/index.php?title=Quick_Start&amp;diff=4032</id>
		<title>Quick Start</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.protocasedesigner.com/wiki/index.php?title=Quick_Start&amp;diff=4032"/>
				<updated>2020-08-11T20:08:49Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pledrew: /* Creating your enclosure */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
This Quick Start guide walks you through the installation of Protocase Designer and its tools for creating, customizing, and quoting/ordering a design. Before beginning, you may want to review the [[Introduction|'''overview of Designer features''']] and the '''[[Glossary]]'''.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Installing Protocase Designer=&lt;br /&gt;
The installation process is the same for both first-time installations and upgrades. &lt;br /&gt;
#Before installing, ensure that your graphics card drivers are compatible with Opengl 1.2+ (such as ATI and NVIDIA) and that they are up to date. &lt;br /&gt;
#Close all versions of Protocase Designer before installing a new one. (If you are using Windows, when you try to install Designer while another copy is running, an error occurs and the installer exits.) &lt;br /&gt;
#On the [[http://protocasedesigner.com/download.php Download page]], click the button for the appropriate download format. The download will begin.&lt;br /&gt;
#Open the Protocase Designer installer file in your Downloads folder. &lt;br /&gt;
#If you have previously installed Designer as the Administrator (or if your anti-virus software requires that you confirm that the file is safe), right-click the installer file in Windows Explorer and choose '''Run as administrator.''' (You might have to first choose '''Show in folder''' in Google Chrome, or '''Open containing folder''' in Firefox.)&lt;br /&gt;
#Follow the prompts to install. &lt;br /&gt;
#For first-time installations, after launching Designer, you are prompted to register. Be sure to do so, so that you can receive estimates, place an order, and access the online Cutout Library.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#If your company uses a network configured such that your computer accesses the Internet through a proxy server, configure Designer to use the proxy settings:&lt;br /&gt;
##In Designer, choose '''Edit''' &amp;gt; '''Preferences'''. The Preferences dialog opens.&lt;br /&gt;
##Under '''Proxy Settings''', select the '''Use Proxy for http''' checkbox, then enter the proxy '''address''' and '''port''' number (supplied by your network administrator).&lt;br /&gt;
##;[[File:Proxy_Settings_fields_in_Preferences_NEW.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
##Click '''OK''' to save the settings and close the Preferences dialog. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:'''See Also: '''&lt;br /&gt;
::*[[Uninstalling_Protocase_Designer | '''Uninstalling Protocase Designer''']]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Installing Protocase Designer Without Administrator Privileges===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have no administrator access on your computer, you can still install Protocase Designer just for your user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you install the software, it will install to Users\&amp;lt;username&amp;gt;\Protocase Designer 4\ folder. If you have already had Protocase Designer installed as an administrator, then double-clicking a Protocase Designer file on your computer will open with the old version. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can override this by right-clicking on the Protocase Designer file and selecting Open With. Find the newly installed version that is in your Users\&amp;lt;username\Protocase Designer 4\ folder.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Installation on Mac OSX ===&lt;br /&gt;
The [[Knowledgebase - Software Fixes Released|current beta]] now only requires you to have your security set to allow identified developers. '''This does not make your mac insecure as it still requires a properly signed application, signed with a key purchased from Apple''' (see https://support.apple.com/en-ca/HT202491 ).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To check your security, go to  Apple menu &amp;gt; System Preferences… &amp;gt; Security &amp;amp; Privacy &amp;gt; General tab under the header &amp;quot;Allow applications downloaded from:&amp;quot;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:apple_security.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Installation on Linux ===&lt;br /&gt;
#download linux tar file&lt;br /&gt;
#install openjdk8 &lt;br /&gt;
#tar xf filename (replace with what the linux download is)&lt;br /&gt;
#cd jdesigner&lt;br /&gt;
#sudo bash ./install.sh&lt;br /&gt;
#follow prompts&lt;br /&gt;
#run $PREFIX/bin/ProtocaseDesigner.sh (default: /usr/local/bin/ProtocaseDesigner.sh)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Creating your enclosure=&lt;br /&gt;
To begin designing your enclosure, select a template such as Consolet, Bracket, Panel, L shape, Rackmount, or U shape. You then customize various parameters including size, thickness, material, and color. A 3D model of your enclosure is then created, which you can customize further.&lt;br /&gt;
#Launch Protocase Designer.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:Splash.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#In the '''Pick an Option to Start''' dialog box, click '''New File'''.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:dialogbox-pickoptionstart_NEW.png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
# Select an enclosure category and then select an enclosure type.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:window-newassembly-noselection_NEW.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
# Modify the enclosure parameters including size, thickness, material, and color to meet your design requirements. (For details, see [[3D_View_Window#Changing_assembly_properties|'''Changing assembly properties''']].)&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:window-newassembly-ushape_NEW.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''OK''' to view the 3D model.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:window-main-ushape_NEW.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Customizing your enclosure=&lt;br /&gt;
To customize the faces of your enclosure, you use the Face Editor, which provides many standard editing tools for creating cutouts, graphics, exclusion zones, and construction lines.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Note''': If you like to use a different unit of measure or have other preferences when using Designer, you can set global options in the [[Preferences_dialog_box | '''Preferences''' dialog box]]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Add basic cutouts==&lt;br /&gt;
#In the 3D View, drag the model to rotate it until it shows the face you want to edit. &lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:window-main-ushape-rear_NEW.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the '''Edit Face''' button [[File:button-editface_NEW.png|25px|bottom]].&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the face to edit. The Face Editor opens: &lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:window-faceeditor-ushape-rear_NEW.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click a tool in the 2D Mode toolbar, and draw shapes on the face to create cutouts.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:window-faceeditor-ushape-rear-cutouts_NEW.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''Accept and Close''' [[File:button-acceptclose_NEW.png|25px|bottom]] in the [[Face_Editor#2D_Standard_Toolbar | 2D Standard toolbar]]. You can then see these cutouts applied to your 3D model.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:window-main-ushape-rear-cutouts_NEW.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Add built-in cutouts==&lt;br /&gt;
Protocase Designer  offers a variety of built-in cutouts that you can add to your enclosure.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the '''Edit Face''' button [[File:button-editface_NEW.png|25px|bottom]] and then click a face to edit.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the '''Grid''' button [[File:button-togglegrid_NEW.png|25px|bottom]] to show the grid. Select &amp;quot;grid snap&amp;quot; to toggle grid snapping.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:window-faceeditor-ushape-cutout-grid_NEW.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#On the '''Cutout Library and Fasteners''' menu, point to a category and then click a cutout item.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:window-faceeditor-DB9menu_NEW.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on the face to place the built-in cutout.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:window-faceeditor-ushape-db9_NEW.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Add custom cutouts==&lt;br /&gt;
You can create your own custom cutouts using the Path tool.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the '''Path''' button [[file:tool-path_NEW.png|80px|bottom]] in the 2D Mode toolbar.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the face to place points of the path. To finish and close the path, click the first point again. &lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:window-faceeditor-ushape-path_NEW.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''Accept and Close''' [[File:button-acceptclose_NEW.png|25px|bottom]] to view your enclosure in the 3D View.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:window-main-ushape-cutout-path_NEW.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Note:''' You can quickly create complex cutouts by merging and/or trimming objects. See  [[Face Editor#Path_editing:_Using_the_Trim_and_Merge_tools_to_create_cutouts |'''Using the Trim and Merge tools to create cutouts''']] for details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Add hardware==&lt;br /&gt;
You can easily place hardware on your enclosure to accommodate various components, such as self-clinching fasteners (PEMs) to mount a PCB or handles. &lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''Edit Face''' [[File:button-editface_NEW.png|25px|bottom]] and click a face to edit.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''Toggle Grid''' [[File:button-togglegrid_NEW.png|25px|bottom]] to show the grid. Select &amp;quot;grid snap&amp;quot; to toggle grid snapping.&lt;br /&gt;
#Choose '''Cutout Library and Fasteners''' &amp;gt; '''Place Self Clinching Fasteners'''.&lt;br /&gt;
#Choose the self-clinching fastener and its options.  '''Note''': Parts displayed with a strikeout through the name are incompatible with the enclosure's current material type and/or thickness, and cannot be selected.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:dialogbox-pem_NEW.png|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''Place PEM''' and click the face to add the fasteners.&lt;br /&gt;
#Continue adding fasteners. Click &amp;lt;Escape&amp;gt; or the '''Edit''' tool [[File:tool-edit_NEW.png|25px|bottom]] when you are done.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:window-faceeditor-pem_NEW.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''Accept and Close''' [[File:button-acceptclose_NEW.png|25px|bottom]].&lt;br /&gt;
#Choose '''View''' &amp;gt; '''Show/Hide Parts'''.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:dialogbox-showparts_NEW.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the '''Cover''' check box to remove the cover from the display.&lt;br /&gt;
#Rotate the model to view the fasteners.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:window-main-pem_NEW2.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
'''Note:''' You can also create custom brackets and add them to your enclosure. See [[Face Editor#Creating_and_adding_brackets|'''Creating and adding brackets''']] for details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Add text==&lt;br /&gt;
You can add text for labeling items on your enclosure.  &lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''Edit Face''' [[File:button-editface_NEW.png|25px|bottom]] and click a face to edit.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the '''Text''' tool [[File:tool-text_NEW.png|80px|bottom]]. &lt;br /&gt;
#Click on the face and start typing to add text.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:window-faceeditor-text_NEW.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''Accept and Close''' [[File:button-acceptclose_NEW.png|25px|bottom]].&lt;br /&gt;
#;The text is shown in the 3D model.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:window-main-text_NEW.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Note:''' You can specify the text to be produced with '''[[About_Graphics_(Silkscreening_and_Digital_Printing) | silkscreening or digital printing]]''', or you can add a note to ask Protocase to use '''[http://www.protocase.com/products/mcf_dotpeening.php dot peening]''', which is a permanent marking process that does not use ink.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Adding an image==&lt;br /&gt;
You can add graphics such as logos to your enclosure, using silkscreen or digital printing. See [[Face Editor#Adding silkscreening or direct digital printing|Adding silkscreening or direct digital printing]] for details on which printing method to choose.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''Edit Face''' [[File:button-editface_NEW.png|25px|bottom]] and click the face to edit.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the '''Bitmap''' tool [[File:tool-image_NEW.png|25px|bottom]] in the 2D Mode toolbar, then click on the face where you want to place the image. &lt;br /&gt;
#In the Open dialog that is displayed, select an image file. You can enter an entire path, with or without the filename. &lt;br /&gt;
#Press &amp;lt;Enter&amp;gt; or click the '''Open''' button. If you entered just the path ending with a folder, the window will list the folder files and subfolders. If you entered the path and filename, the file will open.  &lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:window-faceeditor-logo_NEW.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''Accept and Close''' [[File:button-acceptclose_NEW.png|25px|bottom]] to view the 3D image.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:window-main-logo_NEW.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Quoting and ordering your enclosure=&lt;br /&gt;
Once your design is complete you can instantly receive a quote and order your enclosure online. &lt;br /&gt;
#On the '''Instant Quotes and Purchasing''' menu, choose '''Instant Quote''', '''Purchase''', or '''Create Requisition For My Purchasing Department'''. &lt;br /&gt;
#A web page page will open, guiding you through the steps.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:window-purchasing.png|500px]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pledrew</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://www.protocasedesigner.com/wiki/index.php?title=File:Splash.png&amp;diff=4031</id>
		<title>File:Splash.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.protocasedesigner.com/wiki/index.php?title=File:Splash.png&amp;diff=4031"/>
				<updated>2020-08-11T20:07:34Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pledrew: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pledrew</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://www.protocasedesigner.com/wiki/index.php?title=Face_Editor&amp;diff=4030</id>
		<title>Face Editor</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.protocasedesigner.com/wiki/index.php?title=Face_Editor&amp;diff=4030"/>
				<updated>2020-08-11T18:44:08Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pledrew: /* Importing STEP Files */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Face Editor overview=&lt;br /&gt;
The Face Editor is the 2D workspace for designing each face of your enclosure.  &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:window-faceeditor-labels3_NEW.png|1000px|Face Editor Window]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;2D Menu bar&lt;br /&gt;
:Contains File, Edit, Cutout Library and Fasteners, Grid, View, Graphics, and Help menus. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;2D Standard toolbar&lt;br /&gt;
:Contains common commands such as Cut, Copy, Paste, Undo, Redo, and Zoom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;2D Mode toolbar&lt;br /&gt;
:Contains tools to add shapes, text, and images to the face, as well as exclusion and masking zones and construction lines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;2D Viewport&lt;br /&gt;
:Working area that shows a 2D view of your enclosure face.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;2D Status bar&lt;br /&gt;
:Displays the currently selected view, X- and Y coordinates of the pointer, side of face showing (outside or inside), and the name of the face.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;2D Properties panel&lt;br /&gt;
:Displays context-sensitive Help and properties that can be changed for the selected object.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2D Standard Toolbar===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:2D-toolbar_NEW.png]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
From left to right, the buttons are:&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Button-acceptclose_NEW.png|30px|bottom]]&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Accept'''&lt;br /&gt;
| Accept changes and close Face Editor to view results in 3D.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Reject button_NEW.png|30px|bottom]]&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Reject'''&lt;br /&gt;
| Reject changes and close Face Editor to view results in 3D.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Button-Cut_NEW.png|30px|bottom]]&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Cut'''&lt;br /&gt;
| Cut object(s).&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Button-Copy_NEW.png|30px|bottom]]&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Copy'''&lt;br /&gt;
| Copy object(s).&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Button-Paste_NEW.png|30px|bottom]]&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Paste'''&lt;br /&gt;
| Paste object(s) that have been cut or copied.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Button-PartView.png|50px|top]]&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Part View'''&lt;br /&gt;
| Open the Assembly Tree dialog, which lists each part, face, and design element: &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Window-parttree-ushape-note_NEW.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Zoom_In_button_NEW.png‎|30px|bottom]]&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Zoom In'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Zoom in on the face. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Zoom_Out_button_NEW.png‎‎|30px|bottom]]&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Zoom Out'''&lt;br /&gt;
| Zoom out from the face. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Reset_View_button_NEW.png‎‎|30px|bottom]]&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Reset View'''&lt;br /&gt;
| Zoom out from the face. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Button-togglegrid_NEW.png‎|30px|bottom]]&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Toggle Grid'''&lt;br /&gt;
| Toggle on/off the grid display. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Button-gridsize_NEW.png‎|30px|bottom]]&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Grid Size'''&lt;br /&gt;
| Change the grid size.  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Button-snapgrid.png‎|30px|bottom]]&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Snap to Grid'''&lt;br /&gt;
| Toggle on/off snapping to the grid. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Keyslot_undo_button_NEW.png‎‎|30px|bottom]]&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Undo'''&lt;br /&gt;
| Undo your last action. .&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Redo_button_NEW.png‎|30px|bottom]]&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Redo'''&lt;br /&gt;
| Repeat your last action. .&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Button-ViewInside_NEW.png‎|bottom]]&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Back'''&lt;br /&gt;
| Display the back of the face. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Button-ViewOutside_NEW.png‎|bottom]]&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Front'''&lt;br /&gt;
| Display the front of the face.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Pan_button_NEW.png‎‎|bottom]]&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Pan'''&lt;br /&gt;
| When dragging the mouse, do not act on objects but just pan the face. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Face Editor preferences===&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to use a different unit of measure or otherwise customize your Designer interface, you can set global parameters in the [[Preferences_dialog_box | '''Preferences''' dialog box]].&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Viewing the face=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Panning==&lt;br /&gt;
To pan the model or face, do one of the following:&lt;br /&gt;
*In the 3D View:&lt;br /&gt;
**Click the '''Pan''' button [[File:Pan_button_NEW.png]] in the toolbar, then drag the model.&lt;br /&gt;
::''or''&lt;br /&gt;
:*Hold down the &amp;lt;Alt&amp;gt; key, then drag the model.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*In the Face Editor:&lt;br /&gt;
**Click the '''Pan''' button [[File:Pan_button_NEW.png]] in the toolbar, then drag the face.&lt;br /&gt;
::''or''&lt;br /&gt;
:*Click and hold down the mouse wheel-button while dragging the face.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zooming==&lt;br /&gt;
When you zoom in/out in either the 3D View or the Face Editor, the face zooms in on or away from the pointer, so that you never lose your place.&lt;br /&gt;
*To zoom in/out in the 3D View, rotate the wheel button. '''Known Limitation''': Using the mouse wheel button is currently the only way to zoom in the 3D view.&lt;br /&gt;
*To zoom in/out in the Face Editor, do one of the following. &lt;br /&gt;
:*Click the '''Zoom In''' [[File:Zoom_In_button_NEW.png|text-bottom]] or '''Zoom Out''' button [[File:Zoom_Out_button.png|text-bottom]] in the toolbar, then click the face for each incremental zoom.&lt;br /&gt;
:*Choose '''View''' &amp;gt; '''Zoom In''' or '''View''' &amp;gt; '''Zoom Out''', then click the face for each incremental zoom.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*To zoom in on a particular area:&lt;br /&gt;
*Choose '''View''' &amp;gt; '''Zoom In''' or click the '''Zoom In''' button in the toolbar, then drag a box around the area you want to zoom.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Resetting the view==&lt;br /&gt;
To return the face to its default location and zoom level, do one of the following:&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the '''Reset View''' button [[File:Reset_View_button_NEW.png|text-bottom]] in the toolbar.&lt;br /&gt;
*Choose '''View''' &amp;gt; '''Reset Zoom'''.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Viewing the front or back of the face==&lt;br /&gt;
When you click a face to edit, the ''side'' of the face that you click in the 3D View is displayed in the Face Editor. To toggle to the opposite side of the face, choose '''View''' &amp;gt; '''Toggle Side Showing'''. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Toggle-Side-Showing-command_NEW.png|175px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Or, you can use the 2D Standard toolbar buttons to display either side:&lt;br /&gt;
*To display the back of the face, click the '''Inside''' [[File:Button-ViewInside_NEW.png]] or '''Back''' [[File:Button-ViewInside_NEW.png]] button. &lt;br /&gt;
*To display the front of the face, click the '''Outside''' [[File:Button-ViewOutside_NEW.png]] or '''Front''' [[File:Button-ViewOutside_NEW.png]] button. &lt;br /&gt;
(If an enclosure is displayed, the buttons are labeled '''Inside''' and '''Outside'''. If a panel is displayed, the buttons are labeled '''Back''' and '''Front'''.) Whichever button you click becomes shaded to indicate that it is in effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Coordinate System=&lt;br /&gt;
The origin in the Face Editor is located at the absolute origin in the coordinate system of the model. The x- and y-coordinates for each face are referenced from the absolute origin and always increase moving away from the origin. The figure below shows examples of the coordinate system for several faces on a U-Shape enclosure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:diagram-coordinates.png|550px|Face Editor Coordinate System]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Choosing the Units of Measure===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can set the default unit of measure. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Choose '''Preferences''' from the '''Edit''' menu.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the down-arrow for '''Display Units'''.&lt;br /&gt;
#Select the unit of measure (INCHES, CM, or MM). &lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''OK.'''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Drawing shapes=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Selecting the drawing (object) type==&lt;br /&gt;
Select the type of object to be added to the face by using the Circle, Rectangle, and other buttons in the toolbar. The object types are '''Cutout''', '''Graphic''', '''Exclusion''', '''Masking''', and '''Construct'''.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#On the 2D Mode toolbar, click the button under the &amp;quot;Mode&amp;quot; label; by default, the object type is set to '''Cutout'''.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#:[[File:button_Cutout_NEW.png||80px|bottom]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Using the Cutout object type===&lt;br /&gt;
The Cutout object is used to add shapes for accommodating connectors, switches, ports, cutout logos and images, etcetera.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''See Also:'''&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Face Editor#Adding_cutouts|Adding cutouts]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Using the Graphic object type===&lt;br /&gt;
The Graphic object type is used to add silkscreen or digital print to the face. Silkscreening is limited to specific colors; digital printing can print any number of colors, including gradients, with precise rendering. Note that you cannot apply both silkscreening and digital printing to the same face. '''Important!''' Before you select which method you will use, please see the constraints described in '''[[About_Graphics_(Silkscreening_and_Digital_Printing)|About Graphics]]'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Adding graphics (silkscreening or digital printing)====&lt;br /&gt;
#Add [[#Add text|text]] and/or [[#Add images|images]] to the face. (The Mode automatically changes to '''Graphic'''.) The items will be silkscreened or digitally printed, depending on your Preferences setting.&lt;br /&gt;
#When done, click the '''Edit''' tool or press &amp;lt;Enter&amp;gt;. The default parameters for the text are shown in the Properties panel, where you can change them (Color, Origin, Rotation, Point size, Typeface, and Style (Bold, Italic, etc.). &lt;br /&gt;
When using digital printing, please note the following limitations:&lt;br /&gt;
:*You cannot use digital printing on metal if the color is &amp;quot;None&amp;quot;; it does not stick to bare metal so the enclosure must have a color.&lt;br /&gt;
:*No part of the face being printed can be masked, because the reflection from the face will damage the print heads. &lt;br /&gt;
:*You cannot use digital printing on aluminum or stainless steel with a grained finish. &lt;br /&gt;
:*The printed area must be no more than 46&amp;quot;x46&amp;quot;, and the face it is printed on can be no more than 24&amp;quot; high.&lt;br /&gt;
:*The face and all its attachments must be entirely flat. Nothing (including PEMs and flanges) can stick up above the surface.  &lt;br /&gt;
:*The inside of the face cannot be printed.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Setting global silkscreening or digital printing preferences=====&lt;br /&gt;
#Choose '''Edit''' &amp;gt; '''Preferences'''.&lt;br /&gt;
#In '''Graphics Type''' choose one of the following from the menu:&lt;br /&gt;
#*'''Silkscreen''' (Every face will use silkscreen.)&lt;br /&gt;
#*'''Digital Printing''' (Every face will use digital printing.)&lt;br /&gt;
#*'''Ask''' (The first time you either click the '''Text''' button or change the '''Mode''' to &amp;quot;Graphic&amp;quot; for a face, you are prompted to choose which method to use for that face.) &lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''OK'''.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Changing between digital printing and silkscreening=====&lt;br /&gt;
#In the Face Editor, select the face that you want to change. &lt;br /&gt;
#Choose the '''Convert...''' command from the '''Graphics''' menu. &lt;br /&gt;
#*If the face is using silkscreen, the '''Convert to Direct Digital Printing''' command is listed in the menu. If the face is using digital print, the '''Convert to Silkscreen''' command is listed in the menu. When changing from digital print to silkscreen, colors are automatically adjusted to match stock Protocase silkscreen colors. Note that you can change the printing method for each face, but you cannot combine both methods on one face.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''See Also:''' &lt;br /&gt;
*[[Adding_silkscreening_or_digital_printing_without_using_Protocase_Designer|Adding graphics to a face using a different graphics editor]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[About_Graphics_(Silkscreening_and_Digital_Printing)|Tell Me About Graphics]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Using the Exclusion object type===&lt;br /&gt;
The Exclusion object type is used to mark areas where other objects (except text and graphics) cannot be added. For example, if you add a cutout for a switch and want to ensure that nothing can be added to the design that would interfere with the switch body, you could add an exclusion zone over the cutout for the neck of the switch that covers the body of the switch. For specific applications of this technique, see the tutorials on '''[[Creating_double-d_cutouts|Creating Double-D Cutouts]]''' and '''[[Creating_key_slot_cutouts|Creating Key Slot Cutouts]]'''. Note that exclusion zones allow text and/or graphics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Using the Masking object type===&lt;br /&gt;
The Masking object type is used to prevent an area from being painted. This is usually done to make a bare spot for an electrical ground. You can use Masking on any metal, although when you use it on cold rolled steel, you will receive a warning that the metal will rust.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# In the '''Mode''' menu, click the '''Masking''' button.&lt;br /&gt;
#:[[File:Button_Masking_NEW.png|80px]]&lt;br /&gt;
# Choose a shape (preferably a rectangle) and draw the area(s) you want masked.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Notes'''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Due to manufacturing constraints, masking cannot be applied to any part of a face that has digital printing.&lt;br /&gt;
*If you mask the entire inside of a face that goes up against another face that has a bend, a tiny sliver of the bare metal will be visible on the outside of the case, around the bent edge. Generally this should not pose any problems, but if you want that sliver gone, make the masking rectangle smaller on that edge by about 0.1&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Using the Construct object type===&lt;br /&gt;
The Construct (Construction) object is used to add a design or other reference (including a note) to any part of the design. Construct objects  never affect production.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Drawing circles==&lt;br /&gt;
#In the Mode toolbar, click the '''Circle''' tool.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click to place the centre of the circle, then drag to set the radius of the circle, and release the mouse button when it is the size you want.&lt;br /&gt;
#When done, click the '''Edit''' tool [[File:tool-edit_NEW.png|80px|bottom]] or press &amp;lt;Esc&amp;gt;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Drawing ellipses==&lt;br /&gt;
#On the Mode toolbar, click the '''Ellipse''' tool.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click to place the centre of the ellipse, then drag to set the radius of the ellipse, and release the mouse button when it is the size you want.&lt;br /&gt;
#When done, click the '''Edit''' tool [[File:tool-edit_NEW.png|80px|bottom]] or press &amp;lt;Esc&amp;gt;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Drawing rectangles and squares==&lt;br /&gt;
If you are drawing a square, first turn on the '''[[Face_Editor#Turn_on.off_the_Grid | grid]]''' to restrict the bounding box to a square, or after you draw the rectangle, change the '''Width''' and '''Height''' fields in the Properties panel to be equal.&lt;br /&gt;
#On the Mode toolbar, click the '''Rectangle''' tool.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click to place one corner of the rectangle, then drag to set the opposite corner, and release the mouse button when it is the size you want.&lt;br /&gt;
#When done, click the '''Edit''' tool [[File:tool-edit_NEW.png|80px|bottom]] or press &amp;lt;Esc&amp;gt;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Drawing custom paths==&lt;br /&gt;
#On the Mode toolbar, click the '''Path''' tool [[File:tool-path_NEW.png|80px]].&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on the face to place each point of the path.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the first point again to finish the path and fill the shape.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Creating an arc using the Path tool====&lt;br /&gt;
#On the Mode toolbar, click the '''Path''' tool.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on the face to place the starting point of the arc (and, if you want to start the path with straight lines, additional points for each line segment). &lt;br /&gt;
#Click the '''arc''' button in the Properties panel, or press &amp;lt;a&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on the face to place the ''end'' of the arc.&lt;br /&gt;
#:The arc is drawn, but is not yet locked. '''Note''': The arc might not be displayed until you move the pointer. &lt;br /&gt;
#Drag the arc to change its size, then click to lock the arc size. &lt;br /&gt;
#:The end point is the start of the next arc or line in the path. You can continue to place arcs, or change to lines (by clicking '''line''' on the '''Properties''' panel or by pressing &amp;lt;A&amp;gt;). &lt;br /&gt;
#If you are creating a cutout, close the path, either by ending a line or arc on the first point in the path, or by clicking '''Close Path''' in the Properties panel. Until the path is closed, it will not be displayed in the 3D View. (If you are creating a graphical object, it does not need to be closed, and will be displayed correctly in the 3D View.)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Path editing: Using the Trim and Merge tools to create cutouts====&lt;br /&gt;
The Trim and Merge tools provide quick ways to create paths for cutouts. The Merge tool lets you create an outline (path) by merging multiple shapes. The Trim tool lets you delete lines in intersecting shapes to create the path you want.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''''To merge two or more objects'''''&lt;br /&gt;
#Place two or more objects on a face, each overlapping at least part of one other object. &lt;br /&gt;
#:[[File:EXAMPLE-MERGE1_NEW.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the '''Edit''' button and select all the objects you want to merge. (If you select an object by accident, you can remove it by holding down the Shift key and clicking the object you accidentally selected.) &lt;br /&gt;
#:[[File:EXAMPLE-MERGE2_NEW.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Right-click within the selection and choose '''Merge''' from the popup menu. &lt;br /&gt;
#:[[File:EXAMPLE-MERGE3_NEW.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
#:The objects are merged into a single cutout. &lt;br /&gt;
#:[[File:EXAMPLE-MERGE4_NEW.png]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''''To edit a merged object'''''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If you select a merged object, each node in what is now a single object can be dragged to further change the object shape. In this example, the selected node (colored red) is being dragged up and to the right.  &lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:EXAMPLE-MERGE5_NEW.png]]    [[File:EXAMPLE-MERGE6_NEW.png]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Note'''  If you '''[[Cutout_Library#Saving_a_cutout_to_the_Library_from_the_Face_Editor|save the merged items as a cutout]]''', you might want to then '''[[Cutout_Library#Changing_the_origin_of_an_existing_cutout|change the saved cutout's origin]]''' to make it more useful for later placement, because Designer does not have control over where the origin ends up after merging objects. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''''To trim two or more objects'''''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In this example, a key slot is created with the Trim tool.&lt;br /&gt;
#Place a circle on the face.&lt;br /&gt;
#Add a rectangle to the bottom of the face, overlapping it. &lt;br /&gt;
#:[[File:example-Trim1_NEW.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the '''Edit''' button and select both objects.&lt;br /&gt;
#:[[File:example-Trim2_NEW2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the '''Trim''' button.&lt;br /&gt;
#:The outline of each object is outlined, the cursor icon turns into an eraser (not shown in these examples).&lt;br /&gt;
#:[[File:example-Trim3_NEW.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Use the eraser to eliminate the lines you do not want.&lt;br /&gt;
#:[[File:example-Trim4_NEW.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
#When you are done, press the '''Esc''' key on your keyboard, or click any other button on the Mode toolbar, to exit the Trim mode.  &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#ff0000&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Important!'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; If you click the '''Accept and Close''' button now, the trims will not be saved.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
#:The remaining path is now a cutout and is displayed as such. &lt;br /&gt;
#:[[File:example-Trim5.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
:'''Tip:''' A notch could have been created by removing different lines in the same overlap:&lt;br /&gt;
::[[File:example-TrimNotch1_NEW.png]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''See Also: '''&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Face Editor#Cutouts|Drawing cutouts]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Solving problems with merging objects====&lt;br /&gt;
If objects being merged are very close to matching in size but are not perfectly matching, Designer can encounter redrawing issues that result in the cutouts disappearing and reappearing in the design. To fix such problems while retaining inexact matches, trim all the segments that are causing the problems, as described in this topic. (To ensure that objects match exactly, use the grid or specify positions as described in [[Creating_custom_vents | Creating custom vents]].) Note that although both topics use vent slots as an example, the same general procedures apply to any merged cutout.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In this example, a vent slot was made by joining two circles and a rectangle. After the rectangle was drawn, the circles were added visually to each end of the rectangle, nearly perfectly the same size as the rectangle but extending just slightly beyond its top and bottom:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:solving_merge_problems_1_NEW.png]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If you then merge them and click &amp;lt;Esc&amp;gt;, because the circle diameters are not exactly the same as the rectangle height, the image completely disappears from the 3D View, but the objects are still in the Face Editor view. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If you experience this problem but would like the slot to remain as designed, follow these steps to fix it. If you would like the slot to be the same size all the way across, delete the problem slot and draw a new one using either method given in the [[Creating_custom_vents | Creating custom vents]] topic. &lt;br /&gt;
#Click the '''Edit''' tool and select the two circles and the rectangle. &lt;br /&gt;
#:[[file:solving_trim_merge_problems_2_NEW.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Use the '''Trim''' tool to remove all the intersections of the circles with the rectangles that you do not want. Zoom in enough to see the tiny segments remaining, and remove them as well. &lt;br /&gt;
#:These two images show one of these tiny segments before and after being trimmed:&lt;br /&gt;
#:[[file:solving_trim_merge_problems_3_NEW.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#:[[file:solving_trim_merge_problems_4_NEW.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#When completed, click the &amp;lt;Esc&amp;gt; key or the '''Accept and Close''' button, and the objects are merged correctly.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Drawing lines==&lt;br /&gt;
#On the Mode toolbar, click the '''Line''' tool.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click and hold down the mouse button to start the line.&lt;br /&gt;
#Drag to set the end of the line.&lt;br /&gt;
#When you are finished drawing lines, click the '''Edit''' tool [[File:tool-edit_NEW.png|80px|bottom]] or press &amp;lt;Esc&amp;gt;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Drawing arcs==&lt;br /&gt;
#On the Mode toolbar, click the '''Arc''' tool.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click and hold down the mouse button to start the line that will describe the arc. &lt;br /&gt;
#Drag the line, and release the mouse button at the end of the arc. &lt;br /&gt;
#Move the mouse to a point on the arc and drag to resize it; when it is the size you wish, click the mouse to complete the arc. &lt;br /&gt;
#When you are finished drawing arcs, click the '''Edit''' tool [[File:tool-edit_NEW.png|80px|bottom]] or press &amp;lt;Esc&amp;gt;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Adding text==&lt;br /&gt;
#On the Mode toolbar, click the '''Text''' button.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on the face and begin typing.&lt;br /&gt;
#*'''Note''': After placing one piece of text, even if you press the '''&amp;lt;Enter&amp;gt;''' key, you are still in text mode; if you click elsewere on the face anywhere and type, you will enter more text at that new location. This allows you to enter multiple text blocks at a time. &lt;br /&gt;
#When you are finished adding text blocks, click the '''Edit''' tool [[File:tool-edit_NEW.png|80px|bottom]] or press &amp;lt;Esc&amp;gt;. &lt;br /&gt;
#Using the Properties panel, you can now change the '''Rotation''', '''Font''', '''Font Size''',  and '''Font Style'''. You can also edit the '''Text'''. For details, see '''[[Face Editor#Managing object properties|Managing object properties]]'''.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Adding special characters====&lt;br /&gt;
If working with the Windows version of Designer, special characters can be added using the key combination of ALT + the decimal ASCII code, as outlined in the [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_Unicode_characters#Latin_script linked Unicode table]. The values from the Latin and Latin 1 sections have been tested to work properly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is similar functionality in Linux and Mac environments, but the implementation of them is system specific. As an alternative, you can follow the procedure below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the symbol you are looking for cannot be found in that table, you can try adding any special character you require as follows. &lt;br /&gt;
#Copy the character.&lt;br /&gt;
#In Designer, paste the character into the text field in the Properties panel:&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:registered_trademark_example_NEW.png|border|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#:'''Tip'''   The method above places the symbol on the same baseline and in the same size as the text. Since the trademark symbol and the registered trademark symbol are typically in superscript, you can create this effect by adding the symbol to a text field of its own, making it a smaller font size, and placing it slightly higher than the text:&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:registered_trademark_example2_NEW.png|border|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''See Also'''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*'''[[Centering_text_on_a_face|Centering text on a face]]'''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Adding images==&lt;br /&gt;
You can add images (graphics files) to a face, in bitmap format (.BMP, .PNG, .GIF, .JPG, or .PDF), as well as Scalable vector graphics (.SVG). Other vector files (.AI, .EPS, .DXF, .DWG, or .PDF) can also be included for production purposes, though those formats are not displayed.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
'''Note''': A .PDF can be in either bitmap or vector format. For details and help in determining which yours is, see [http://visual-integrity.com/faqs/spotting-difference-vector-raster-pdf/  '''Spotting the Difference'''].&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If you have one or more complex images that wrap around cutouts and/or occupy a large portion of a face, you may want to use the Export/Import Face Template feature instead. For details, see [[Face_Editor#Exporting_and_importing_face_templates|'''Exporting and Importing Face Templates''']].&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the '''Image''' button [[File:Tool-image_NEW.png|80px]] on the Mode toolbar.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on the face where you want to place the image. The Choose Bitmap dialog is displayed. &lt;br /&gt;
#Navigate to and select the bitmap file, then click '''Open'''. ('''Note''': The file name might not be listed in the Open dialog, even though it is in the folder. In this case, enter the file name manually.) &lt;br /&gt;
#Designer does not yet display vector graphics; this functionality will be added to a future release. However, vector graphics produce much better results when the image has hard lines and curves, such as in a logo or any text, so after you add the bitmap graphic for display, Designer gives you the following options:&lt;br /&gt;
#*'''Add a vector image''': Click this button to navigate to and select the vector file version of the bitmap image that you loaded, in one of the supported vector file formats (.SVG, .AI, .EPS, .DXF, .DWG, or .PDF).&lt;br /&gt;
#*'''Have us fix the image''': Click this button if you do not have a vector file version and would like Protocase to create it for you. You will be informed of the added fee. Note that graphics with subtle gradients or fine detail might be impossible to recreate; if this is the case, you will be informed after the file is received. &lt;br /&gt;
#*'''Leave it alone''': Click this button to if you do not have a vector file version but do not want Protocase to create one for you, knowing that pixelation might occur in any hard lines or curves. &lt;br /&gt;
#After selecting one of these options, the image is added to the face.&lt;br /&gt;
'''Notes''': &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* It is recommended to set silkscreen quality (Edit-&amp;gt;Preferences-&amp;gt;Display Settings) to at least 70% to display images clearly.&lt;br /&gt;
*Do not attempt to save a flat image as one of the supported vector types for importing into Designer. &lt;br /&gt;
*Extra charges will be incurred if the graphic is on any powder coating other than white, since an underbase must be applied for the graphic to be visible and the proper color, and a silhouette of the image must be created for that underbase. You will be informed of the extra charges before production begins. &lt;br /&gt;
* If using Inkscape to work with your SVG file, be aware that FlowText (and FlowRoot), used by Inkscape in certain circumstances, is not part of the SVG standard and may cause issues when importing. This can be corrected by selecting the text then going to menu Text-&amp;gt;Unflow or hitting (Shift-Alt-W). Then delete the &amp;quot;ghost&amp;quot; image that appears outside the draw box and save the file as &amp;quot;Plain SVG&amp;quot;. This should allow the SVG image to import.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Exporting images====&lt;br /&gt;
You can export an image from a face. The graphic is exported to a .PNG file.&lt;br /&gt;
#In the Face Editor, click the '''Edit''' button on the Mode toolbar, then click the image you want to export. &lt;br /&gt;
#Click the '''Save Image To File''' button in the Properties panel. The Save dialog opens. &lt;br /&gt;
#Choose the folder, enter the file name, and click '''Save'''. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Importing fonts==&lt;br /&gt;
You can import your own fonts to be used on a face.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the '''Graphics''' menu in the face editor.&lt;br /&gt;
#Select '''Import font'''.&lt;br /&gt;
#Select the font you would like to import, and click '''open'''.&lt;br /&gt;
'''Notes''': &lt;br /&gt;
*Some fonts do not silkscreen well, and if used with silkscreening we will review your design manually before approving it. &lt;br /&gt;
*Typically, 13pt fonts and above will not generate problems. If you are using a font with no slim lines or features, sometimes you may go as low as 9pts. &lt;br /&gt;
*If the paint used on your enclosure is Sandtex or other rough paint, an additional 2pts size is recommended.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Using the Measure tool=&lt;br /&gt;
The Measure tool lets you measure between two points on a face, and move and/or align one object precisely in relation to another one.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
'''See Also:'''&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Face_Editor#Displaying_measurements|Dimensions: Displaying measurements for review]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Aligning_cutouts_on_opposite_faces|Aligning cutouts on opposite faces]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Using the Measure tool to determine the distance between two points on objects or anywhere on a face==&lt;br /&gt;
#On the Mode toolbar, click the '''Measure''' button. [[File:tool-measure_NEW.png|80px|bottom]]&lt;br /&gt;
#On the face, click the start point (the object or location that is to be the reference point), then click the end point (the object or location that is to be placed in reference to the starting point). &lt;br /&gt;
#:The '''x difference''', '''y difference''', and '''total distance''' are displayed in the Properties panel.&lt;br /&gt;
#:[[File:Window-faceeditor-ushape-measure1_NEW.png|600px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#You can continue measuring distances in the same way. When done, click the '''Edit''' tool [[File:tool-edit_NEW.png|80px|bottom]] or press &amp;lt;Esc&amp;gt;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Using the Measure tool to move an object a specific distance from another object==&lt;br /&gt;
You can use the Measure tool to move an object a specific distance from another object. This example shows how to move the centre of a circle cutout 5 inches to the right and 3 inches below the bottom right corner of a rectangle cutout.&lt;br /&gt;
#On the Mode toolbar, click the '''Measure''' button. [[File:tool-measure_NEW.png|80px|bottom]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the bottom right corner of the rectangle cutout.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the centre of the circle cutout. &lt;br /&gt;
#:The '''x difference''', '''y difference''', and '''distance''' are displayed in the Properties panel.&lt;br /&gt;
#:[[File:window-faceeditor-ushape-front-measure1_NEW.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Enter &amp;quot;5&amp;quot; in '''x difference''' and &amp;quot;-3&amp;quot; in '''y difference'''.&lt;br /&gt;
#:The circle cutout moves based on the new values. (The first point you click is the reference point; the second point you click moves relative to the reference point. Positive or negative x values move up or down, respectively, and positive or negative y values move right or left, respectively.)&lt;br /&gt;
#:[[File:window-faceeditor-ushape-front-measure-moved1_NEW.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Using the Measure tool to specify both distance and alignment between objects==&lt;br /&gt;
You can use the Measure tool to specify both distance and alignment between objects. Once you determine the absolute coordinate for one object, the Measure tool lets you place all other objects on the face relative to that object. &lt;br /&gt;
#On the Mode toolbar, click the '''Measure''' button. [[File:tool-measure_NEW.png|80px|bottom]]&lt;br /&gt;
#On the face, click the start point (the point that is to be the reference point), then click the end point (the point of an object that is to be placed in reference to the starting point). &lt;br /&gt;
#:An arrow is displayed from the start to end points, and the Properties panel displays the '''x difference''', '''y difference''', and '''distance''' between the two points.  &lt;br /&gt;
#:[[File:Window-faceeditor-ushape-measure1_NEW2.png|500 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Edit the '''x difference''' and/or '''y difference''' to position the second point in relation to the first. For example, to position an object one inch away from an existing object along both the X and Y axes, enter a '''y difference''' of  &amp;quot;1&amp;quot; and an '''x difference''' of &amp;quot;1&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
#:'''Note:''' If you do not need to measure or specify a distance between two objects, you can align them using the [[Face_Editor#Align_and_distribute_objects| '''Alignment tools''']] in the Properties panel.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Displaying measurements==&lt;br /&gt;
The '''Dimension''' tool lets you display the distance between any two points on a face. You can then take a screenshot with the measurements displayed, for peer reviews or other purposes.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''''To measure and display the distance between two points'''''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#On the Mode toolbar, click the '''Dimension''' button. [[File:Button-Dimension_NEW.png|80px|bottom]]&lt;br /&gt;
#:The distance of &amp;quot;0.000&amp;quot; is displayed at the cursor position, which is the current endpoint. &lt;br /&gt;
#Click the first endpoint of the distance you wish to measure, then move the cursor. &lt;br /&gt;
#:As you begin to move the cursor, the distance between the endpoint and the cursor position is displayed. &lt;br /&gt;
#:[[File:example-Dimension-1_NEW.png|border]]&lt;br /&gt;
#:If you make an error, click the '''Undo''' button in the Face Editor toolbar.&lt;br /&gt;
#:When the cursor is near an object, it snaps to the important points of the object (its center, or one of the compass points on its outline), a green circle is drawn around the snap-to point, and the lines turn green. &lt;br /&gt;
#:[[File:example-Dimension-2_NEW.png|border]]&lt;br /&gt;
#:The lines turn red when the measurement does not have any meaning. There are only three types of measurements that have meaning:&lt;br /&gt;
#::The distance between the two points;&lt;br /&gt;
#::The distance in the x axis (when the lines are vertical and the arrows are horizontal); and&lt;br /&gt;
#::The distance in the y axis (when the lines are horizontal and the arrows are vertical).&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the second endpoint of the distance you wish to measure. &lt;br /&gt;
#:A second line parallel to the first line is drawn, and the distance between the lines is displayed.  The displayed distance changes as you move the cursor. This example shows the distance between the parallel centers of the square and the circle. &lt;br /&gt;
#:[[File:example-Dimension-3_NEW.png|border]]&lt;br /&gt;
#When the lines and distance are the way you want them, click the mouse. &lt;br /&gt;
#:The displayed lines and measurements are saved to the face, and the measurement is reset to 0.000 at the cursor position. You can add more measurements to the screen in this way. &lt;br /&gt;
#:[[File:example-Dimension-4_NEW.png|border]]&lt;br /&gt;
#:'''Tip:''' You can display the measurement with the lines at an angle to their endpoints. For example, here the distance is shown between the bottom of the rectangle and the bottom of the circle:&lt;br /&gt;
#:[[File:example-Dimension-5_NEW.png|border]]&lt;br /&gt;
#:and here the user drags the cursor to a position at an angle:&lt;br /&gt;
#:[[File:example-Dimension-6_NEW.png|border]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''''To delete a displayed measurement'''''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Do either of the following:&lt;br /&gt;
*Right-click one of the lines in the measurement and choose '''Delete''' from the floating menu. &lt;br /&gt;
*Highlight the line and press the &amp;lt;Delete&amp;gt; key.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''''See Also''''' &lt;br /&gt;
*[[Face Editor#Measuring distances|Using the Measure tool]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Using the grid=&lt;br /&gt;
Use the grid to quickly place and align objects.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that for precise positioning of an object, especially when placing objects relative to other objects, you can also use the [[Face_Editor#Measuring_distances | '''Measure''' tool]] or the [[Face_Editor#Aligning_and_distributing_objects | '''alignment and distribution''']] buttons in the Properties panel. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Turn on/off the Grid===&lt;br /&gt;
#Do one of the following:&lt;br /&gt;
#*On the Standard toolbar, click Toggle Grid. [[File:button-togglegrid_NEW.png|bottom]]&lt;br /&gt;
#*On the Grid menu, select '''Toggle Grid'''.&lt;br /&gt;
#Repeat to toggle the state of the grid.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:window-faceeditor-ushape-cutout-grid_NEW.png|600px|thumb|left|Grid on with 2 in width and height]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Turning on/off Snap to Grid===&lt;br /&gt;
#Do one of the following:&lt;br /&gt;
#*On the Standard toolbar, click '''Snap to Grid''' [[File:button-snapgrid_NEW.png|bottom]]&lt;br /&gt;
#*On the Grid menu, click '''Snap to Grid'''.&lt;br /&gt;
#Repeat to toggle the state of '''Snap to Grid'''.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Changing grid size and offset===&lt;br /&gt;
#On the Standard toolbar, click [[File:button-gridsize_NEW.png|bottom]] or choose '''Grid Size''' from the '''Grid''' menu.&lt;br /&gt;
#In the Grid Size dialog that opens, change any of the following values:&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:dialogbox-faceeditor-gridsize_NEW.png|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Width''': Horizontal distance between grid lines.&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Height''': Vertical distance between grid lines.&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Offset Width''': Horizontal offset of grid lines from default grid position.&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Offset Height''': Vertical offset of grid lines from default grid position.&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Grid Opacity''': Opacity of the grid lines. Move the slider to left for lighter lines or the right for darker lines.&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Save as Default Grid Size''': Use the current grid size when editing all faces in the Face Editor Window.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|If you change the Grid Size and do not check '''Save as Default Grid Size''', the grid will revert back to the default size after closing the Face Editor, even if you re-open the same face.}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:window-faceeditor-ushape-cutout-gridoffset_NEW.png|500px|thumb|left|Grid with 2 in width and height, 1 in Offset Width and Offset Height]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Managing object properties=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:top_of_properties_panel_NEW.png|thumb|Top of Properties panel]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:window-faceeditor-propertiespane-circle-silkscreen_NEW.png|thumb|Properties panel for silkcreened circle]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:window-faceeditor-propertiespane-text-silkscreen_NEW.png|thumb|Properties panel for silkscreened text]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Top of Properties Panel===&lt;br /&gt;
* Click the line that reads &amp;quot;Click to Expand Context Help&amp;quot; to read usage tips for the current object you are editing (circle, ellipse, text, etcetera). Click anywhere in the upper panel again to hide the help. &lt;br /&gt;
* For help on the Layers buttons and its toolbar, please see [[Face Editor#Adding and managing layers|Adding and managing layers]].&lt;br /&gt;
* The checkbox &amp;quot;On This Side&amp;quot; is selected when the object is on the side that you are editing. Clear the check box to move the object to the other side of the face. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Tip''': You can right-click any object and choose Properties to open the Properties dialog, where you can change various properties depending on the object.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Fill===&lt;br /&gt;
* Select the check box to fill in the object. The line thickness option is not available when the check box is selected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Line Thickness===&lt;br /&gt;
* Select a value from the list below the '''Filled''' check box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Color===&lt;br /&gt;
* Select a color by clicking the current color shown in the Properties panel, which opens the color menu. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Type===&lt;br /&gt;
* Change the object type by selecting a different type from the list.&lt;br /&gt;
* Object types include:&lt;br /&gt;
:Cutout&lt;br /&gt;
:Graphic (Silkscreen or Digital Print)&lt;br /&gt;
:Exclusion&lt;br /&gt;
:Construct&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Origin===&lt;br /&gt;
* Change the location of the X and Y origins of an object with respect to the absolute coordinate system.&lt;br /&gt;
* Enter a number and press the Tab key to accept.&lt;br /&gt;
* The origin of an object is indicated by a red square.&lt;br /&gt;
* The origin for each object is determined as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
:'''Circles''' -- centre&lt;br /&gt;
:'''Ellipses''' -- centre&lt;br /&gt;
:'''Rectangles''' -- corner closes to the absolute origin&lt;br /&gt;
:'''Text''' -- bottom left corner&lt;br /&gt;
:'''Paths''' -- start point&lt;br /&gt;
:'''Lines''' -- start point&lt;br /&gt;
:'''Images''' -- bottom left corner&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''See Also'''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Cutout_Library#Changing_the_origin_of_an_existing_cutout|Changing the origin of an existing cutout]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Circles===&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Radius, Diameter''' -- Changing one of these properties will automatically update the other. Diameter is twice the radius.&lt;br /&gt;
===Ellipses===&lt;br /&gt;
* '''RadiusX''' -- Radius along X-axis (defines horizontal length).&lt;br /&gt;
* '''RadiusY''' -- Radius along Y-axis (defines vertical length).&lt;br /&gt;
===Rectangles===&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Width, Height''' -- Width and Height of the object.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Rotation''' -- Angle with respect to origin in degrees. Positive value rotates object clockwise and negative value rotates object counter-clockwise&lt;br /&gt;
===Lines===&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Length''' -- Distance from origin to end point.&lt;br /&gt;
===Images===&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Width, Height''' -- Width and height of the object.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Rotation''' -- Angle with respect to origin in degrees. Positive value rotates object clockwise and negative value rotates object counter-clockwise&lt;br /&gt;
===Text===&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Rotation''' -- Angle with respect to origin in degrees. Positive value rotates object clockwise and negative value rotates object counter-clockwise&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Font''' -- Change the font to Arial, Courier, Garamond, Avant Garde, Times New Roman, Palatino, Bookman, Handwriting, Lucida Sans, Garamond, Verdana, Viking Stencil, Times New Roman, USAAF Stencil, Marketing Script-Shadow, Marketing Script, or Octin Stencil. Unicode characters (language scripts, punctuation marks, diacritics, mathematical and technical symbols, etc.) are also supported; see [[Face Editor#Adding_special_characters|'''Adding special characters''']].&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Font Size''' -- Change the font size within the available range of 9-99 points. '''Note''': Available font sizes are based on quality for the given materials. For example, Times Roman requires a minimum font size of 11 points. Also, colored letters on signal white powdercoat base are legible to 6 pt font for both Serif and Sans Serif fonts. For colored letters on non-white powdercoat, minimum font size is 10 pt for Serif fonts and 8 pt for Sans Serif fonts.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Font Style''' -- Change the font style to Regular, Bold, Bold Italic, or Italic.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Text''' -- Change the text to appear on the face. Press the Tab key to accept.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Path===&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Rotation''' -- Angle with respect to origin in degrees. Positive value rotates object clockwise and negative value rotates object counter-clockwise&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Adding notes==&lt;br /&gt;
You can add Notes to objects to communicate your design intentions to our Engineering &amp;amp; Design Services team. For example:&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;Round the corners of this rectangle to a radius of .05 inches.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;Put a hinged door over this cutout.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;Put rubber feet on this face.”&lt;br /&gt;
To add a note about a non-stocked item such as permanent marking or piano hinges, you can draw the area for it in the proper location, using the '''Construct''' mode, and attach a note asking our Engineering &amp;amp; Design Services team to add it for you. Any object can have multiple notes. You can also add general notes (not attached to any specific object) to a face or part. '''Note''': If your notes result in significant design changes (such as a request for a non-stocked item), the quote that Designer generates might not be accurate. After you submit the file, Protocase Engineering &amp;amp; Design Services will give you the correct quote.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''''To add a note to an object'''''&lt;br /&gt;
#In the Face Editor, select the object that needs a note. &lt;br /&gt;
#Type the note in the blank text window in the Properties panel. When done, click either arrow above the text box, or any other tool in the Properties panel. &lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:notes_tools_in_face_editor_NEW.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
#:If the object already has a note, it will be displayed in the text window; to add another note to the object, click the '''New''' button, which clears the text window so you can enter another note.&lt;br /&gt;
#:Every note you enter is saved with the object. If the object has multiple notes, use the forward and back arrows to view them. You can edit each note at any time.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''''To add a general note'''''&lt;br /&gt;
#In the Face Editor or 3D View toolbar, click the '''Part Tree''' [[File:3D_View_-_Part_Tree_button_NEW.png|40px]] button.&lt;br /&gt;
#In the tree list view, click the part of the enclosure that makes most sense to add the note.&lt;br /&gt;
#Type the note in the bottom text window. In the following example, a note was added to the assembly.  &lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:Assembly_Tree_example_NEW.png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
The note is saved when you close the window or move to another part of it.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''''To delete a note'''''&lt;br /&gt;
* Display the note, then click the '''Delete''' button.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''''To review all notes for a design'''''&lt;br /&gt;
#In the 3D Editor, select '''View &amp;gt; View Notes'''. The Notes Viewer window opens, where you can see all notes for all faces at a glance. &lt;br /&gt;
#:[[File:view_notes_window_NEW.png|500 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#To go to the object and its notes in the Face Editor, highlight any note for the object, then click the '''Go to Face''' button. The Face Editor will open, with the object selected.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Adding cutouts=&lt;br /&gt;
You can add built-in and custom cutouts to your enclosure.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''See Also:'''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Cutout_Library|Cutout Library Overview]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Creating_custom_vents|Creating custom vents]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Adding a cutout by browsing the Cutout Library===&lt;br /&gt;
Use this method to get a summary description and image of each item in the library. &lt;br /&gt;
#In the Face Editor, choose '''Cutout Library and Fasteners''' &amp;gt; '''Cutout Library'''.&lt;br /&gt;
#Browse through the listings, clicking any one you are interested in to display it and its description. &lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:library_manager_NEW.png|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the '''Place Item''' button to load the displayed cutout. You are returned to the Face Editor, and the cursor changes to an image of the cutout. &lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:Cursor_changes_when_click_place_item_button_NEW.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on the face in each location where you want to place the cutout.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:Cursor_stays_to_place_item_multiple_times_NEW.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#When you are done, press &amp;lt;Esc&amp;gt; or click any Mode tool to exit the placement process.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Adding a cutout by selecting it from the Cutout Library and Fasteners menu===&lt;br /&gt;
Use this method when you know exactly which cutout you want to load.&lt;br /&gt;
#In the Face Editor, drill down through the '''Cutout Library and Fasteners''' &amp;gt; '''main library''' or '''personal library''' listings, and click on the name of the cutout that you want to load. &lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:Adding cutouts menu_NEW.png|600px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#The cursor changes to an image of the cutout; click each location on the face where you want to place the cutout. &lt;br /&gt;
#When you are done, press &amp;lt;Esc&amp;gt; or click any Mode tool to exit the placement process.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Adding &amp;quot;D&amp;quot; port cutouts==&lt;br /&gt;
You can add a &amp;quot;D&amp;quot;-shaped cutout (a circle with one side flattened) to your enclosure design.&lt;br /&gt;
#In the Face Editor, choose '''Place DPort''' from the '''Cutout Library and Fasteners''' menu and click the face to place it. The D-cutout is added in a default size, which you can change using the fields in the Properties panel. &lt;br /&gt;
#To place multiple cutouts, copy and paste it. &lt;br /&gt;
'''See Also:''' [[Creating double-d cutouts|Creating Double-D cutouts]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Adding a circular gauge==&lt;br /&gt;
You can add a circular gauge graphic, which is a circle or arc shape with numbered notches, according to your requirements.&lt;br /&gt;
#In the Face Editor, choose ''' Place Circular Gauge ''' from the '''Cutout Library and Fasteners''' menu and click the face to place it.&lt;br /&gt;
#Once the circular gauge is placed, click ''' Move Item ''' or press Escape so that your circular gauge is selected. &lt;br /&gt;
#You can customize the circular gauge to your requirements, including color, line thickness, number of ticks, angle, label and more.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Adding cutouts that cross the edge of a face==&lt;br /&gt;
You can configure Designer to allow you to choose to cut the edge of the face when placing an object across a face boundary. This is also known as making notches. Click here to read a blog post about the usefulness of notches: http://www.protocase.com/blog/2017/05/02/what-to-do-when-cutouts-and-other-components-need-to-be-placed-close-to-a-bend/&lt;br /&gt;
#In [[Preferences_dialog_box | '''Preferences''']], set '''Error Response''' to ''ASK.'' This will cause Designer to prompt you to choose whether to accept or reject the placement when you draw or move a cutout so that it lies across the boundary.&lt;br /&gt;
#Also in Preferences, clear the '''Cut Face''' check box. (If you select the check box, Designer will not give you a choice, but will automatically cut the boundary.)&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:Cut-face preferences_NEW.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''OK''' to save the Preferences settings. &lt;br /&gt;
#:From now on, when you draw or move an object across a boundary, you receive the prompt, as shown below when a rectangle is being created across the panel's top.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#:[[File:cut_face_prompt_NEW.png]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#:If you choose '''Accept and Cut Face''', the face is cut accordingly:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#:[[File:After-cutting-face_NEW.png]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Adding hardware=&lt;br /&gt;
You can easily add hardware on your enclosure to accommodate various components, such as self-clinching fasteners and handles. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Adding self-clinching fasteners==&lt;br /&gt;
Protocase uses PEM&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;®&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; brand self-clinching fasteners.&lt;br /&gt;
#In the Face Editor, choose '''Cutout Library and Fasteners''' &amp;gt; '''Place Self Clinching Fasteners'''.&lt;br /&gt;
#:The Self Clinching Fastener Selection dialog opens. &lt;br /&gt;
#:[[File:self-clinching_fastener_selection_dialog_NEW.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Select the type ('''Nuts''', '''Standoffs''', or '''Studs''') and then select the '''Thread Type'''.&lt;br /&gt;
#:If you are adding standoffs or studs, the available thread '''Lengths''' are displayed. (Nuts do not have thread lengths, so if you are adding a nut, skip the next step.)&lt;br /&gt;
#Select the thread '''Length'''. &lt;br /&gt;
#:The available '''Part Numbers''' are displayed. &lt;br /&gt;
#Select a '''Part Number'''. &lt;br /&gt;
#:'''Note:''' Parts displayed with strikeout through the name are incompatible with the enclosure's current material type and/or thickness, and cannot be selected. If you continue with the incompatible design, you will receive a design check error when you estimate, order, or use the design check feature.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#:Because fasteners have a minimum metal thickness, larger fasteners are not listed if the current enclosure material is too thin for them, or if the material is stainless steel and the fastener is zinc-coated. (Zinc-coated fastener names end with &amp;quot;ZI&amp;quot;.) Some materials, especially stainless steel, require special fasteners. These cost a little more than standard ones. &lt;br /&gt;
#Click the '''Place PEM''' button, and then click on the face wherever you want to add the fastener(s). Note that if you try to place fasteners that are incompatible with the enclosure material, you receive a warning, as you did when you selected the incompatible Part Number.&lt;br /&gt;
#When you are done adding fasteners, click the '''Edit''' button [[File:tool-edit_NEW.png|80px|bottom]] or press the '''Esc''' key.&lt;br /&gt;
#:[[File:window-faceeditor-pem_NEW.png|400px|Placing Self-Clinching Fasteners]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#:[[File:window-main-pem_NEW2.png|400px|Self-Clinching Fasteners on bottom face (cover hidden)]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''See Also''':&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Selecting_height_of_self-clinching_fasteners_based_on_material_thickness | '''Selecting height of self-clinching fasteners based on material thickness''']]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Adding hardware such as handles==&lt;br /&gt;
#On the Standard toolbar, click '''Grid''' [[File:button-togglegrid_NEW.png|35px|bottom]] to show the grid.&lt;br /&gt;
#On the '''Cutout Library and Fasteners''' menu, click '''Cutout Library''', point to '''Hardware''', then select a hardware item.&lt;br /&gt;
#When you are done adding hardware, click the '''Edit''' tool [[File:tool-edit_NEW.png|40px|bottom]].&lt;br /&gt;
#:[[File:window-faceeditor-ushape-handles_NEW.png|600px|Placing handles]]&lt;br /&gt;
#:[[File:window-main-ushape-handles_NEW.png|600px|U-Shape enclosure with handles]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Adding Rubber Feet==&lt;br /&gt;
#On the '''Cutout Library and Fasteners''' menu, click '''Cutout Library''', point to '''Hardware''', then '''Rubber Feet'''. Select the rubber foot you require: Large Rubber Foot, Medium Rubber Foot, Small Rubber Foot or Tapered (which is attached via adhesive).&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:Cutout_Library_-_Medium_Rubber_Feet.png|600px|]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''Place This Item''' to place the rubber foot in your desired location.  &lt;br /&gt;
#In order to have a stable enclosure, you will then need to place the same rubber foot in the other three corners of your enclosure. &lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:Cutout Library - 4 Rubber Feet Placed.png|600px|]]&lt;br /&gt;
#The Protocase Engineering team recommends placing each rubber foot at least 0.5 or 1 inch away from the edges of your enclosure. If your enclosure is very large, you may go even farther from the edge if required.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Adding countersinks, tapped holes, and screws==&lt;br /&gt;
====Adding a countersink to a face====&lt;br /&gt;
#In the Face Editor, choose the face you want, and draw a circle for the countersink hole. &lt;br /&gt;
#Select the new '''Countersink''' check box in the Properties panel. &lt;br /&gt;
#:The '''Select Thread''' dialog opens, where a default Thread Size is displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
#:[[File:checkbox-and-list-countersink_NEW.png|border]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''OK''' to select the default, or click the down-arrow to select a different size and then click '''OK'''.&lt;br /&gt;
#:'''Note: Thread Size''' includes the angle of the countersink on the head, and the standard thread size. For example, a thread size of &amp;quot;100.0° #2&amp;quot; indicates a countersink angle of 100 degrees, with the standard #2 thread size.)&lt;br /&gt;
#If you chose a countersink size that is not the same size as the hole, a warning message is displayed and you are given the option to correct it. Click '''Yes''' to have the hole size changed to match the selected countersink size. Click '''No''' if you want a different tolerance than is specified for the screw.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[File:message-incorrect-cutout-size_NEW.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
#:The countersink is drawn on the face.&lt;br /&gt;
#:[[File:countersink_NEW.png]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#:Note that in the Face Editor, the countersink is indicated with a solid circle with a circle around it. The outside circle indicates the outside diameter of the head of the screw, so you should keep it clear from any intercepting cutouts, other fasteners, etcetera.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Adding a tapped hole to a face====&lt;br /&gt;
'''Important!''' Tapping holes in thin sheet metal is not recommended, since it is too thin for threads. Please consider using a self-clinching nut instead.&lt;br /&gt;
#In the Face Editor, choose the face you want, and draw a circle for the tapped hole. &lt;br /&gt;
#Select the new '''Tapped''' check box. &lt;br /&gt;
#:The '''Select Thread''' dialog opens, where a default Thread Size is displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
#:[[File:checkbox-and-list-tapped_hole_NEW.png|border]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''OK''' to select the default, or click the down-arrow to select a different size and then click '''OK'''.&lt;br /&gt;
#:'''Note: Thread Size''' includes the hole diameter along with the standard screw types. For example, a thread size of &amp;quot;2-56 [0.07]&amp;quot; indicates the standard 2-56 screw type with a diameter of 0.07&amp;quot; for the threaded hole. The minor diameter is used along with some tolerance so that it does not bind.&lt;br /&gt;
#If you chose a thread size that is not the same size as the circle, a warning message is displayed and you are given the option to correct it. Click '''Yes''' to have the circle changed to match the selected thread size. Click '''No''' if you want a different tolerance than is specified for the screw. ('''Important!''' In versions 4.4.9-Jul07 and higher, you are no longer given the option to change the hole size. It must be the same size as the circle.) &lt;br /&gt;
#:The tapped hole is drawn on the face.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#:[[File:Tapped_hole_in_face_editor_NEW.png]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#:Note that in the Face Editor, the tapped hole is indicated with a solid circle with a ''partial'' circle around it. The outside circle indicates the outside diameter of the head of the screw, so you should keep it clear from any intercepting cutouts, other fasteners, etcetera.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Adding screws to a face====&lt;br /&gt;
*Screws are included in each template (along with its hole cutout), and do not have to be added manually. However, when you load a new template, you can '''[[3D_View_Window#Changing_assembly_properties|select the screw type and color]]'''. &lt;br /&gt;
*A Flathead screw will be countersunk by default. Even if you choose an enclosure with a different default screw and change it to Flathead, it will use a countersunk screw.&lt;br /&gt;
*You cannot replace a screw with another screw; you can only replace it with a self-clinching fastener.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Replacing screws and PEMs====&lt;br /&gt;
You can review information on screws, and replace a screw with a PEM  (or replace a PEM with another PEM), as follows. (Note that you cannot replace a screw with another screw.)&lt;br /&gt;
#In the Face Editor, click '''Edit''', then select the screw. '''Note''': If the screw is grouped, you must first ungroup it. &lt;br /&gt;
#In the Properties panel, notice the new '''Replace...''' button, which includes the part name of the screw. (Only part of the part name is visible on the button; to read the entire name, hover over the button.)&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[file:SCREW_INFO.jpg|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#To replace the screw with a PEM (or a PEM with another PEM), click the button. The Self Clinching Fastener Selection dialog opens, where you select the '''Thread Type''' and '''Part Number''', and then click the '''Place PEM''' button. &lt;br /&gt;
''Alternate method'': Right-click a screw and choose '''Properties''' to review and/or replace the screw with a PEM. The Properties window also lets you edit the '''Origin(X)''', '''Origin(Y)''', '''Rotation''', and the side of the face that the screw sticks up out of.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Creating and adding a bracket or other subassembly==&lt;br /&gt;
You can create customized subassemblies and save them to the Cutout and Fasteners Library. You can then add them to enclosures at any point. In the following procedure, you create a bracket and save it as a subassembly, then add it to an enclosure.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''''To create and save a subassembly'''''&lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''New'''.&lt;br /&gt;
#:The New Assembly from Template dialog opens. &lt;br /&gt;
#:[[File:window-newassembly-noselection_NEW.png|400 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Choose the bracket that you want to customize, and then edit its parameters ('''Width''', '''Depth''', '''Height''', etc.) as necessary. &lt;br /&gt;
#:[[File:New4.4.9-Dialog-Brackets-NewAssemblySPECS_NEW2.png|400 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Add elements (cutouts for mounting, standoffs, etc.) as necessary to each face. When done, click the '''Accept Changes''' button. &lt;br /&gt;
#:The 3D View window opens.&lt;br /&gt;
#Choose '''Create Subassembly''' from the '''Cutout Library Manager''' menu.&lt;br /&gt;
#You are prompted to select the face that is the mating face (that mounts onto the enclosure); click '''OK''' and then do so. &lt;br /&gt;
#:The New Library Item dialog opens. &lt;br /&gt;
#:[[File:New_library_item_dialog_NEW.png|300 px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#You can enter or edit the following information for the bracket:&lt;br /&gt;
#:'''Name''': Note that a default name is provided that identifies the type of assembly, the mating face, and whether the mating face is on the top or bottom of the subassembly. For example, if you save an L bracket as a subassembly and select the outside of its base as the mating face, the default name in the New Library Item dialog is &amp;quot;L Bracket by Base - Bottom&amp;quot;. ''We recommend that you change this default, to ensure that the subassembly name remains unique.''&lt;br /&gt;
#:'''Part Number''' &lt;br /&gt;
#:'''Description''' &lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''OK.'''&lt;br /&gt;
#:You receive a message that the bracket has been added to your library. It is now listed in the '''Cutout Library and Fasteners''' menu.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#:'''Note on subassembly origin and placement''': The default origin for placement is the default origin of the subassembly template. In the 3D View, the origin is displayed with a red dot and arrows. In the Face Editor, the origin is displayed with blue arrows, and the '''x''' and '''y''' values in the Properties panel refer to this origin point. When placing a subassembly on an enclosure, the origin will be placed precisely where you click the enclosure face.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''''To place a subassembly on an enclosure'''''&lt;br /&gt;
#Load the enclosure and select the face to which you will add the bracket.&lt;br /&gt;
#:'''Note''': If you have just saved a subassembly to the library, it remains displayed, and when you click '''New''' to load an enclosure, you are prompted to save the current project. If you plan on making further changes to the subassembly later, do save it as a project, since currently you cannot use the editing tool in the Cutout Library to edit it. (This will be fixed in a future release.)  &lt;br /&gt;
#In the Face Editor, make sure the correct '''Inside''' or '''Outside''' of the face is selected for the subassembly placement.&lt;br /&gt;
#From the '''Cutout Library and Fasteners''' menu, choose '''Cutout Library'''. The Library Manager window opens; select the subassembly that you want to add to the enclosure. &lt;br /&gt;
#Click the '''Place Item''' button. &lt;br /&gt;
#:The footprint (outline) of the mating face of the bracket is displayed as the cursor icon. &lt;br /&gt;
#Move the cursor (the footprint moves with it) to the desired location and click to drop it there; as noted above, the origin point of the assembly will be placed where you click. You can add multiple subassemblies in this way.&lt;br /&gt;
#Specify how you would like your sub-assembly attached: '''welding, self-clinching fasteners or other'''. &lt;br /&gt;
#Whether you choose welding or self-clinching fasteners, please provide as many specific details as you can. (Ex: specify the type of welding you would like, such as tack weld, plug weld, etc).&lt;br /&gt;
# For self-clinching fasteners, please provide as much detail as to what fastener you would like used. Ex: nuts, studs or standoffs. Include all of the key information, including part number, thread size and length. If you do not have a specific preference, please advise our Engineering &amp;amp; Design Services team that they may choose the most logical option.&lt;br /&gt;
#Choose &amp;quot;other&amp;quot; if you'd prefer to attach your sub-assembly yourself once you receive the completed order.&lt;br /&gt;
#'''Note''': Once you order your design, our Engineering &amp;amp; Design Services team may contact you if they require more information or need to clarify details. &lt;br /&gt;
#View video tutorial about sub-assemblies: https://youtu.be/XciURDevnXA&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Adding Graphics from the Graphics Library=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Graphics Library allows you to place common symbols and graphics, such as USB, Electrical Ground and Caution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once in the Face Editor, you can access the Library either via the left-hand menu under Tools, or in the top navigation menu under Library. Click Library, then choose Open Library. The Protocase Designer Library Manager will open up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Graphics library is organized by category: Electronic Symbols, Flags, Marks, Warning &amp;amp; Caution Symbols and Other. Click on the Category to expand the list and see all of the graphic symbols available. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Graphics_Library_-_Interface.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you’ve found the graphic symbol you want to place on your design, click the symbol name and then click Place this item. Resize and relocate the graphics symbol, just as you would with any other object.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: You can also change the color of your symbol, so long as the symbol you’ve placed is only one color in nature. (Any symbol that is more than one color, such as Electrostatic Sensitivity, Laser, Pacemaker and Two Person Lift, cannot be altered with different colors. Flag graphics' colors also cannot be changed).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Importing Components=&lt;br /&gt;
You can import STEP or DXF components of circuit boards, fans and other accessories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Importing STEP Files==&lt;br /&gt;
#In the 3D viewer, click Edit Face and select the face onto which you want to mount your component.&lt;br /&gt;
#Once in the Face Editor, under Imports, click Component. Protocase designer will open a browser window so you can select the STEP file you'd like to import. (Note: In order to see your component file, you may need to go to the Files of Type dropdown to change it from Body Files to All Files.)&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Importing a STEP Choosing Your Component.png|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#If your file is very large, Protocase Designer will display a loading warning. If the software takes longer than a minute or two to import your component, you may need to simplify the STEP file before importing it.&lt;br /&gt;
#Once your component file has been imported, you can select the face of your component that you would like mated with the face you are currently editing. Note: the exact spot where you place your cursor on a flat surface doesn’t matter. But be careful to not place your cursor on a small feature such as a pin or other part of your component that you don’t actually want to choose as your mating face.&lt;br /&gt;
#:[[File:Mating Face.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Once you click accept, you will be taken to the PEM editor dialog. This is where you can select the fasteners you want to mount your component. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Importing a STEP placing your fastener.png|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the checkmark to save your changes.&lt;br /&gt;
#Once back in the Face Editor, you can move your component to the desired location on the face, change the rotation, as well as make other edits to the face, including adding cutouts, graphics and more.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Importing DXF Files==&lt;br /&gt;
#Importing a DXF file of a component follows many of the same steps as importing a STEP file, with a few additional steps required.&lt;br /&gt;
#In the 3D viewer, click Edit Face and select the face onto which you want to mount your component.&lt;br /&gt;
#Once in the Face Editor, under Imports, click Component. Protocase designer will open a browser window so you can select the DXF file you'd like to import. (Note: In order to see your component file, you may need to go to the Files of Type dropdown to change it from Body Files to All Files.)&lt;br /&gt;
#Once Protocase Designer detects it is a DXF file being imported, an additional window will display that will allow you to customize how the DXF will be imported.&lt;br /&gt;
##Layers: DXF files contain many layers, and Protocase Designer cannot detect which layers actually need to be used. Use this tool to select which layers of your DXF you'd like to import. &lt;br /&gt;
##Thickness: Protocase Designer cannot automatically detect the thickness of your DXF file, so you can use this tool to set your thickness. Two important things to note – the thickness value is in inches – and your thickness choice will not be visible until the component is displayed in Protocase Designer’s 3D Editor. &lt;br /&gt;
##Units: Protocase Designer cannot currently detect units in DXF files (we are working on this!), so you will need to change the expected units. You can view the over bounds, which are displayed in inches. If you change the unit of measurement, the software will update the over bounds automatically. If your ideal unit of measurement is not listed as an option, you will need to convert the DXF’s units to inches before importing into Protocase Designer.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Importing a DXF - DXF Editor.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Once you have addressed Layers, Thickness and Units and made your desired changes, click the Accept button to save your changes and close the import tool. Protocase Designer will use the data you entered to generate a component from the DXF file you originally imported.&lt;br /&gt;
#Once your component file has been imported, you can select the face of your component that you would like mated with the face you are currently editing. Note: the exact spot where you place your cursor on a flat surface doesn’t matter. But be careful to not place your cursor on a small feature such as a pin or other part of your component that you don’t actually want to choose as your mating face.&lt;br /&gt;
#Once you click accept, you will be taken to the PEM editor dialog. This is where you can select the fasteners you want to mount your component. &lt;br /&gt;
(Tip: Make sure &amp;quot;Snap to Grid&amp;quot; is turned off, as it will allow you to place your fasteners precisely where you require them).&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Importing a DXF - Secondary DXF Editor.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the checkmark to save your changes.&lt;br /&gt;
#Once back in the Face Editor, you can move your component to the desired location on the face, change the rotation, as well as make other edits to the face, including adding cutouts, graphics and more.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Changing Your Mounting Fasteners==&lt;br /&gt;
#Because you placed your mounting self-clinching fasteners in the Secondary Face Editor (as recommended), Protocase Designer makes your components and the fasteners a grouped object.&lt;br /&gt;
#Select your component (which is a grouped object with your fasteners). In the right-hand menu, click Edit.&lt;br /&gt;
#You will return to the Secondary Face Editor, where you can select and delete the fasteners you previously chose, and add in new ones as needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Use Component Projection==&lt;br /&gt;
#Use the Component Projection feature to view an outline of your components when editing other faces in your Protocase Designer assembly. &lt;br /&gt;
#Once in the Face Editor, make sure the checkbox labeled Show Component Outline On Other Faces is checked. To control the amount of detail shown in your component projection outline, use the slider. Far left means very little detail. The farther to the right you go, the level of detail increases.&lt;br /&gt;
#:[[File:Component Projection in Face Editor.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Manipulating objects=&lt;br /&gt;
==Selecting object(s)==&lt;br /&gt;
#On the '''Drawing''' toolbar, select the '''Edit''' tool. [[File:tool-edit_NEW.png|40px|bottom]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Do one of the following:&lt;br /&gt;
#*To select a filled object, click anywhere on the object.&lt;br /&gt;
#*To select an unfilled object, click the border of the object.&lt;br /&gt;
#*To select multiple objects:&lt;br /&gt;
#**Click the first object, then down the &amp;lt;Shift&amp;gt; key and click the other objects; or&lt;br /&gt;
#**Click and drag a selection box over all the objects. &lt;br /&gt;
#::[[File:window-faceeditor-ushape-selection_NEW.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#:A light blue box is drawn each selected object, the origin of each object is displayed in red, and gray circles are drawn around each node.&lt;br /&gt;
#:[[File:selected_objects_NEW.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Editing object(s)==&lt;br /&gt;
'''''To edit a single object'''''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the '''Edit''' button on the Mode toolbar, select the object, then edit any of the fields in the '''[[Face_Editor#Managing_object_properties| Properties panel]]'''. &lt;br /&gt;
''or''&lt;br /&gt;
*Right-click the object and choose an editing command ('''Delete''', '''Rotate''', '''Properties''', '''Send Behind''', or '''Merge''') from the floating menu. If you choose '''Properties''', the Properties dialog opens, where you can edit additional properties specific to that object type. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''''To edit a group'''''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can edit the group as a whole, or you can edit each individual object in the group. To edit the group as a whole, follow the instructions above for a single object. To edit individual objects in a group:&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the '''Edit''' button in the Properties panel.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[file:editing_a_group1_NEW.png|border]]&lt;br /&gt;
#The group of objects is displayed in the Cutout Editor. This screen is like the Face Editor, but only the group of objects is displayed. You can now edit any of the individual objects in the group.&lt;br /&gt;
#;[[file:editing_a_group2_NEW.png|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#When you are finished editing the objects in the group, click '''Accept and Close''' [[File:button-acceptclose_NEW.png|20px|bottom]] in the Face Editor toolbar. The Cutout Editor closes, and the group is displayed as usual in the Face Editor.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''See Also'''&lt;br /&gt;
*To ungroup the items, edit them individually, then regroup the items without leaving the Face Editor, see [[Face_Editor#Group_and_ungroup_objects|Grouping and ungrouping objects]].&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Moving object(s)==&lt;br /&gt;
To move a single object:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#Select the object.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click anywhere on the object and drag to the desired location.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To move several objects:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#Select all the objects.&lt;br /&gt;
#Press and hold the Shift key, then click any of the objects and drag to the desired location.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To move cutouts from one face to another:&lt;br /&gt;
#On each face that you want to switch, group the items, add the group as a single cutout to your cutout library, then delete the items. &lt;br /&gt;
#Add each grouped cutout from the Cutout Library to the desired face, then use the '''Measure''' tool to adjust the placement. Once the placement is correct, you can ungroup the items so they are easier to work with. &lt;br /&gt;
:For detailed instructions, see:&lt;br /&gt;
:*[[#Adding_cutouts|Adding cutouts]]&lt;br /&gt;
:*[[#Measuring_distances|Measuring distances]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Locking item(s)==&lt;br /&gt;
To lock a single object:&lt;br /&gt;
#Select the object.&lt;br /&gt;
#Check the &amp;quot;Is locked&amp;quot; button under the properties menu to lock the item.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To Lock several objects:&lt;br /&gt;
#Hold the shift button, and select all the objects you wish to lock.&lt;br /&gt;
#Check the &amp;quot;Is locked&amp;quot; button under the properties menu to lock the items.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Grouping and ungrouping objects==&lt;br /&gt;
'''''To group objects'''''&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the '''Edit''' button on the Mode toolbar.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click and drag the mouse to draw a box around the objects you want to group, or hold down the &amp;lt;Shift&amp;gt; key and select each object. &lt;br /&gt;
#Click the '''Group''' button in the Properties panel. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''''To ungroup objects'''''&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the '''Edit''' button on the Mode toolbar.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the group.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the '''ungroup''' button in the Properties panel.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Note'''  When grouped, the origin for the group is the origin of the first object created in the group. If you are saving a group as a cutout in the Cutout Library, then after saving it, you might want to '''[[Cutout_Library#Changing_the_origin_of_an_existing_cutout | change the origin]]''' to make it more useful for later placement.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''See Also'''&lt;br /&gt;
*[[FAQ#Is_there_an_easy_way_to_switch_the_faces_for_cutouts.3F_I_want_to_move_the_cutouts_from_the_front_to_the_back_face_and_vice_versa. | Grouping objects to switch faces for cutouts]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Cutout_Library#Saving_a_custom_cutout_to_the_Library_from_the_Face_Editor | Saving a group of objects as a single cutout to the Cutout Library]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Aligning and distributing objects==&lt;br /&gt;
You can arrange objects on a face using the Alignment and Distribute commands.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Select 2 or more objects.&lt;br /&gt;
#In the Properties panel, click an Alignment or Distribute command.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Alignment'''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:button-align-originvert.png]] Align Origins of Objects Vertically&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:button-align-top.png]] Align Tops of Objects&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:button-align-centervert.png]] Align Centers of Objects Vertically&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:button-align-bottom.png]] Align Bottoms of Objects&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:button-align-originhoriz.png]] Align Origins of Objects Horizontally&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:button-align-left.png]] Align Left Sides of Objects&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:button-align-centerhoriz.png]] Align Centers of Objects Horizontally&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:button-align-right.png]] Align Right Sides of Objects&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''''Notes:'''''&lt;br /&gt;
*Objects align to the first object selected.&lt;br /&gt;
*When using the selection marquee, objects align to the last object created.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:window-faceeditor-ushape-align_NEW.png|600px|thumb|left|Objects with bottoms aligned and centers distributed evenly]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=all&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Distribute'''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:button-distribute-originvert.png]] Distribute Origins Vertically&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:button-distribute-spacevert.png]] Distribute Space Vertically&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:button-distribute-top.png]] Distribute Distance Between Tops&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:button-distribute-centervert.png]] Distribute Centers Vertically&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:button-distribute-bottom.png]] Distribute Bottoms of Objects&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:button-distribute-originhoriz.png]] Distribute Origins Horizontally&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:button-distribute-spacehoriz.png]] Distribute Space Horizontally&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:button-distribute-left.png]] Distribute Left Sides of Objects&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:button-distribute-centerhoriz.png]] Distribute Centers Horizontally&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:button-distribute-right.png]] Distribute Right Side of Objects&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Cutting, copying, and pasting objects==&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the '''Edit''' tool and select one or more objects.&lt;br /&gt;
#To cut the object(s), click the '''Cut''' button [[File:Button-Cut_NEW.png|30px|bottom]] or choose '''Edit''' &amp;gt; '''Cut'''. To copy the object(s), click the '''Copy''' button [[File:Button-Copy_NEW.png|30px|bottom]] or choose '''Edit''' &amp;gt; '''Copy'''. &lt;br /&gt;
#After copying or cutting, click the '''Paste''' button [[File:Button-Paste_NEW.png|30px|bottom]] or choose '''Edit''' &amp;gt; '''Paste'''.&lt;br /&gt;
#:A copy of the object(s) is displayed under the cursor. &lt;br /&gt;
#Click the face to place the copied or cut object(s) at that location.&lt;br /&gt;
#Continue placing object(s) on the face and click the '''Edit''' tool [[File:tool-edit_NEW.png|80px|bottom]] or press the &amp;lt;Esc&amp;gt; key when you are done.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Undoing and Redoing actions==&lt;br /&gt;
Click the '''Undo''' [[File:keyslot_undo_button_NEW.png]] or '''Redo''' [[File:redo_button_NEW.png]] button in the Face Editor toolbar, or choose '''Undo''' or '''Redo''' from the '''Edit''' menu.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Adding and managing layers==&lt;br /&gt;
When working with complex designs, layering lets you group similar elements and hide all other elements in the editor. It can also affect the end product, depending on what is being layered. The default layer is always present and is always used first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Layer Toolbar'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each layer has its own toolbar, with the following buttons:&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:button-Layers-MoveUpInList.jpg]] Move the layer up in the list. &lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:button-Layers-MoveDownInList.jpg]] Move the layer down in the list. '''Note:''' The two Move buttons position the layers in the order that they will be produced, and in the order that they are drawn on the screen. The one exception to this is that cutouts are always displayed on top.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:button-Layers-EditLayer.jpg]] Edit the layer.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:button-Layers-ShowHideLayer.jpg]] Show/hide the layer. (This is a toggle button.) &lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:button-Layers-DeleteLayer.jpg]] Delete the layer. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''''To add a new layer '''''&lt;br /&gt;
#In the Face Editor, click the (unlabeled) '''New Layer''' button at the top of the '''Properties''' panel. &lt;br /&gt;
#:[[File:layer_controls_in_face_editor_NEW.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
#:The Input dialog opens. &lt;br /&gt;
#Enter a name for the layer (examples you might use: Output, Input, Buttons, Graphics, Power, Lights).&lt;br /&gt;
#:The layer is added to the Properties panel with its toolbar, and is automatically selected as the current layer. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''''To copy and paste between layers'''''&lt;br /&gt;
#Cut or copy the object(s) from one layer.&lt;br /&gt;
#Select the layer where you want the object(s) to be placed. &lt;br /&gt;
#Paste the object(s).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Important!''' When working with layers, be sure to check which layer you are working on before making any edits. The current layer is highlighted in the list.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Using the Array Tool==&lt;br /&gt;
The Array tool allows you to link a group of objects together that are placed on the face of the enclosure or part, such as self-cinching fasteners, cutouts or images. Using this tool, &lt;br /&gt;
you can position the objects relative to each other, or move them as a group, which is useful for keeping alignment and maintaining even spacing between objects. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''To create an array:'''&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the &amp;quot;Edit Face&amp;quot; button on the Edit tool bar, and then select the face you wish to work from.&lt;br /&gt;
#Create and/or select the object you wish to use.&lt;br /&gt;
#With the object highlighted, select the &amp;quot;Array&amp;quot; tool in the left tool bar.&lt;br /&gt;
#Choose your preferred array type (Linear, Circle, or Rectangle.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will then be prompted to set the parameters to different dimensions. Each array type has different parameters:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''A linear array will create a line of objects. Its parameters are:'''&lt;br /&gt;
*Angle (the angle from the x-axis to create the array)&lt;br /&gt;
*Spacing (the distance between objects in the array)&lt;br /&gt;
*Quantity (the number of objects in the array&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''A circular array takes your initial object, and repeats it in a circle around the original object. Its parameters are:'''&lt;br /&gt;
*Total Radius (the radius of the outermost row)&lt;br /&gt;
*Number of rings (the number of rows of objects)&lt;br /&gt;
*Quantity in 1st ring (the number of objects in the first circle)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''A rectangular array takes your initial object, and repeats it in a rectangle around the original object. Its parameters are:'''&lt;br /&gt;
*X Spacing (horizontal spacing) &lt;br /&gt;
*Y Spacing (vertical spacing)&lt;br /&gt;
*X Quantity (number of columns)&lt;br /&gt;
*Y Quantity (number of rows)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Arrays can be ungrouped by selecting the &amp;quot;ungroup&amp;quot; button in the properties panel. However, make sure that the snap function is turned off in order to ensure that&lt;br /&gt;
your objects are properly spaced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Creating Pockets==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pockets are most commonly used to have components sit flush with a protruding face, such as an LCD display. You can create a pocket out of any cutout that you make. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''To create a pocket:'''&lt;br /&gt;
#1. Click the Face Editor button on the Edit tool bar.&lt;br /&gt;
#2. Select the face you wish to edit.&lt;br /&gt;
#3. Create a cutout using the cutout tool under the Mode tool bar.&lt;br /&gt;
#4. Select your cutout, and then click the checkbox that says &amp;quot;Pocket&amp;quot; under the Properties tool bar on the right side of the screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Once you create your pocket, you can customize its specifications.'''&lt;br /&gt;
*Due to the geometry of tooling, no corner radius can ever have a 90-degree profile cut.&lt;br /&gt;
*The minimum corner radius for your pocket must be 0.016 inches.&lt;br /&gt;
*When customizing the depth of the pocket, keep in mind that there must be a minimum thickness of 0.06 inches remaining in the metal after the pocket is created.&lt;br /&gt;
*Pockets cannot be placed opposite to a bend, as pockets need access from above the face by the CNC mills.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Some combinations of pocket depth and corner radius may require tools that are not in stock. In these cases, a member of our Engineering &amp;amp; Design Services team will &lt;br /&gt;
reach out to you to review your design to see if you would like to either adjust your pocket so that it can be completed with stocked tooling, or we can source the tooling &lt;br /&gt;
required for additional lead time and fees.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Printing one or more faces on paper for review=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===To print one face, or all faces, of the enclosure===&lt;br /&gt;
#To print a single face, display the face in the Face Editor and choose '''Print To Scale''' from the '''File''' menu. To print all faces of the enclosure, choose the same command in the 3D View window.&lt;br /&gt;
#In the dialog that opens, select the printer.&lt;br /&gt;
#When verifying a design, set the '''Absolute Scale''' to 100%, then tape together the multiple sheets that are printed. To make a small-scale model, set it to 50% or whatever scale you want.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''Print.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===To calibrate the printer===&lt;br /&gt;
Many printing devices do not print the correct size even when you specify 100%. Before you print a face, be sure to calibrate your printer.&lt;br /&gt;
#In the '''Print to Scale''' dialog, select the printer, then click the '''Calibrate Printer''' button. &lt;br /&gt;
#A test page opens.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click '''Print''' to print the test page. Then use a ruler or caliper to measure the width and height of the printed rectangle. &lt;br /&gt;
#The '''Record Measurements''' dialog opens. &lt;br /&gt;
#:[[File:dialog-PrintToScale-Record_Measurements.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
#If the printed rectangle is not 3&amp;quot; x 3&amp;quot;, then enter the '''Measured Width''' (in inches) and the '''Measured Height''' (in inches) and click '''OK'''.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exporting and importing face templates=&lt;br /&gt;
You can export a face to a .PNG file for editing in a third-party graphics editor, and you can import the edited .PNG back into the Face Editor. This feature is useful when reviewing designs, using them in slideshows or other presentations, or making complex graphical edits to a face where a global image of the face with its cutouts are necessary for proper alignment of the graphics. In this latter case, as described in the steps below, you export the face with all its cutouts and other elements to a .PNG file, add the graphics to that .PNG using your third-party graphics editor, and then import the revised .PNG back into Designer.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If you only have a single image that you want to import, you may want to instead import it using the '''Image''' tool instead, which does not involve exporting the cutouts. For details, see [[Face_Editor#Adding_images|'''Adding images''']].&lt;br /&gt;
#Make sure that the face you want to export is displayed in the Face Editor.&lt;br /&gt;
#Select '''Graphics &amp;gt; Export Graphics template'''. The Save dialog opens.&lt;br /&gt;
#Enter a name for the .PNG file and click '''Save'''. A properly scaled .PNG of the face is created, complete with all cutouts and other elements.&lt;br /&gt;
#Open the exported file with your graphics editor and add the images/text to be silkscreened or digitally printed, aligning them appropriately with the cutouts, which are displayed in pink (hexadecimal value FF9999). (Note that this is the one color you cannot use for your graphics ink in Designer, because Protocase Designer will always recognize this color as a cutout and never as a graphic.) Ensure that you do not add any image or text over the cutouts. Additionally, if the face contained any text or images when you exported it, they will be retained when you import the file back into Designer, and will overlay the original graphics. You can remove these from the exported file before you import it back into the face, or else remove the duplications after you import it.  &lt;br /&gt;
#When done editing, save the file again in .PNG format.&lt;br /&gt;
#To import the revised face back into your enclosure design, first ensure that the face is displayed in the Face Editor, then select '''Graphics &amp;gt; Import graphics template''' and choose the .PNG file you just saved. The imported file overlays the entire face, and you can move or delete it just like a normally imported image. &lt;br /&gt;
#If you need to make additional graphical changes that cannot be done with Designer and you have not made changes to the cutouts or other elements of the face, simply edit the .PNG file again in your graphics editor, and re-import it to the Face Editor. You do not need to remove it from the face first; it will be automatically replaced by the most recently imported file, as long as it has the same name.&lt;br /&gt;
:'''See Also''': To import a graphics file to be silkscreened or digitally printed on a face, see '''[[Face_Editor#Adding_images|Adding images]]'''.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pledrew</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://www.protocasedesigner.com/wiki/index.php?title=File:Mating_Face.png&amp;diff=4029</id>
		<title>File:Mating Face.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.protocasedesigner.com/wiki/index.php?title=File:Mating_Face.png&amp;diff=4029"/>
				<updated>2020-08-11T18:41:33Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pledrew: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pledrew</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://www.protocasedesigner.com/wiki/index.php?title=Knowledgebase_-_Known_Issues&amp;diff=3979</id>
		<title>Knowledgebase - Known Issues</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.protocasedesigner.com/wiki/index.php?title=Knowledgebase_-_Known_Issues&amp;diff=3979"/>
				<updated>2020-04-21T20:55:13Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pledrew: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
The following issues might be encountered in the latest release. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Changes did not take affect===&lt;br /&gt;
When placing a cutout or anything else, and the change just disappears, please check to see if your ERROR RESPONSE is set to ASK.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This can be found under Edit-&amp;gt;Preferences-&amp;gt;Editor Settings.&lt;br /&gt;
With this set to ASK, see if the change comes up with an error response.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is be fixed in an upcoming version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Cutouts may shift when exported to DXF===&lt;br /&gt;
There was an issue in limited cases where cutouts shifted when exported to DXF. This has been corrected as of Aug 2nd, 2019, but a small number of orders may have been affected.&lt;br /&gt;
If you experience this issue, please contact your account manager. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5-sided enclosure welding===&lt;br /&gt;
Designs using the 5-sided enclosure template do not include plug welding in the quote.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Won't launch on linux - Designer 4.9 sometimes wont launch on certain linux configurations===&lt;br /&gt;
We have tested relatively vanilla builds of Ubuntu 18.04 and confirmed is working. Something about the user configuration causes unknown crashes however.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Default Ubuntu 18.04 Driver issue===&lt;br /&gt;
There is an issue in JOGL that prevents the loading of Designer 4.7 on Ubuntu 18.04 with the default Nouveau graphics drivers. You may need to use the drivers supplied by your graphics card manufacturer to use Designer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Issue when changing your home directory===&lt;br /&gt;
In the latest version of Designer, there is an issue when changing your home directory to a root directory. (d:\, for example). This may cause Designer to freeze. Creating a directory off of the root and setting that to your home directory is the current workaround for that.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Running Designer on Linux with MESA===&lt;br /&gt;
While running Designer on a Linux virtual machine with the latest version of MESA, we encountered a glXCreatePbuffer error.&lt;br /&gt;
This is due to an issue in the graphics library used in Designer. Until this is resolved, we do not recommend running Designer with this combination of software.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Windows 10===&lt;br /&gt;
There was an issue in Windows 10 Tablet Mode that would cause the Protocase Designer Menu Bar to be hidden. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;This has been resolved in the latest Windows 10 automatic update.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Image Load Error for .JPG files===&lt;br /&gt;
Some .JPG files do not import with the Java tools used for Protocase Designer.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt; If you receive an error message (&amp;quot;Unable to load image...&amp;quot;) when attempting to place a .JPG file on a face, we recommend that you convert the .JPG to a bitmap format, such as .PNG. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;If for any reason you cannot save the .JPG as a bitmap, one program that works very well for converting images is [http://www.imagemagick.org '''ImageMagick'''], which is free and runs with Unix, Mac OS X, iOS, and Windows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Computer enclosure templates===&lt;br /&gt;
The computer enclosure templates allow you to specify dimensions that are below the minimum sizes required to accommodate the cutouts or PEM layouts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Computer enclosure welding===&lt;br /&gt;
In the ATX and Mini-ITX templates, both the '''Has Seam Welds''' and '''Has Tack Welds''' options can be selected. If both are selected, Protocase will perform only the seam welds. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''See Also:'''&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Knowledgebase_-_Archived_KnownIssues | Archived Known Issues]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Knowledgebase_-_Planned_Enhancements | Planned Enhancements]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Knowledgebase_-_Software_Fixes_Released | Software Fixes Released]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pledrew</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://www.protocasedesigner.com/wiki/index.php?title=Knowledgebase_-_Known_Issues&amp;diff=3978</id>
		<title>Knowledgebase - Known Issues</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.protocasedesigner.com/wiki/index.php?title=Knowledgebase_-_Known_Issues&amp;diff=3978"/>
				<updated>2020-04-13T15:12:58Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pledrew: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
The following issues might be encountered in the latest release. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Cutouts may shift when exported to DXF===&lt;br /&gt;
There was an issue in limited cases where cutouts shifted when exported to DXF. This has been corrected as of Aug 2nd, 2019, but a small number of orders may have been affected.&lt;br /&gt;
If you experience this issue, please contact your account manager. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5-sided enclosure welding===&lt;br /&gt;
Designs using the 5-sided enclosure template do not include plug welding in the quote.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Won't launch on linux - Designer 4.9 sometimes wont launch on certain linux configurations===&lt;br /&gt;
We have tested relatively vanilla builds of Ubuntu 18.04 and confirmed is working. Something about the user configuration causes unknown crashes however.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Default Ubuntu 18.04 Driver issue===&lt;br /&gt;
There is an issue in JOGL that prevents the loading of Designer 4.7 on Ubuntu 18.04 with the default Nouveau graphics drivers. You may need to use the drivers supplied by your graphics card manufacturer to use Designer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Issue when changing your home directory===&lt;br /&gt;
In the latest version of Designer, there is an issue when changing your home directory to a root directory. (d:\, for example). This may cause Designer to freeze. Creating a directory off of the root and setting that to your home directory is the current workaround for that.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Running Designer on Linux with MESA===&lt;br /&gt;
While running Designer on a Linux virtual machine with the latest version of MESA, we encountered a glXCreatePbuffer error.&lt;br /&gt;
This is due to an issue in the graphics library used in Designer. Until this is resolved, we do not recommend running Designer with this combination of software.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Windows 10===&lt;br /&gt;
There was an issue in Windows 10 Tablet Mode that would cause the Protocase Designer Menu Bar to be hidden. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;This has been resolved in the latest Windows 10 automatic update.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Image Load Error for .JPG files===&lt;br /&gt;
Some .JPG files do not import with the Java tools used for Protocase Designer.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt; If you receive an error message (&amp;quot;Unable to load image...&amp;quot;) when attempting to place a .JPG file on a face, we recommend that you convert the .JPG to a bitmap format, such as .PNG. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;If for any reason you cannot save the .JPG as a bitmap, one program that works very well for converting images is [http://www.imagemagick.org '''ImageMagick'''], which is free and runs with Unix, Mac OS X, iOS, and Windows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Computer enclosure templates===&lt;br /&gt;
The computer enclosure templates allow you to specify dimensions that are below the minimum sizes required to accommodate the cutouts or PEM layouts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Computer enclosure welding===&lt;br /&gt;
In the ATX and Mini-ITX templates, both the '''Has Seam Welds''' and '''Has Tack Welds''' options can be selected. If both are selected, Protocase will perform only the seam welds. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''See Also:'''&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Knowledgebase_-_Archived_KnownIssues | Archived Known Issues]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Knowledgebase_-_Planned_Enhancements | Planned Enhancements]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Knowledgebase_-_Software_Fixes_Released | Software Fixes Released]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pledrew</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://www.protocasedesigner.com/wiki/index.php?title=Knowledgebase_-_Planned_Enhancements&amp;diff=3977</id>
		<title>Knowledgebase - Planned Enhancements</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.protocasedesigner.com/wiki/index.php?title=Knowledgebase_-_Planned_Enhancements&amp;diff=3977"/>
				<updated>2020-03-24T14:25:17Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pledrew: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Planned enhancements are added here when they are identified and approved for development.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Notches in Bends''' - Adding the ability to Notch a bend when cutouts are placed in a position that the bend is likely to cause them to stretch.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''D-Port cutouts''' - We will be updating the placement of D-ports to allow two flat edges.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''STEP file Import and Export''' - We will add the ablilty to export to STEP files, and import that file into other CAD software.&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Graphics Library'''- Like our cut-out library, but with a selection of commonly used graphics. You will also be able to add your own graphics to your personal library.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Component Import''' - Adding the ability to import step/dxf files of components such as PCB boards, to make your designing easier.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Until any one of the following enhancements is added to Designer, you can add a note in your design asking for it:&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Louvres'''&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Hinges'''&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Drawer slides'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Until any one of the following enhancements is added to Designer, please call and talk to our technical staff to add it to your design:&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Machining''' (see [[http://www.protocase.com/products/cnc-milling.php CNC Milling]] for details) &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Hybrid enclosures''' (see [[http://www.protocase.com/products/electronic-enclosures/hybrid.php Hybrid Enclosures (Extruded/Milled)]] for details)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The following feature has not yet been fully implemented:&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Cutout Library Manager &amp;gt; Create Sub Assembly''': When loading an item you have created, its 2D footprint is displayed, and not the 3D View.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''See Also:'''&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Knowledgebase_-_Known_Issues | Known Issues]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Knowledgebase_-_Software_Fixes_Released | Software Fixes Released]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pledrew</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://www.protocasedesigner.com/wiki/index.php?title=Knowledgebase_-_Archived_KnownIssues&amp;diff=3976</id>
		<title>Knowledgebase - Archived KnownIssues</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.protocasedesigner.com/wiki/index.php?title=Knowledgebase_-_Archived_KnownIssues&amp;diff=3976"/>
				<updated>2020-03-12T15:05:01Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pledrew: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
The following issues might be encountered in the latest release. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Importing large SVG files===&lt;br /&gt;
If importing a large SVG file, Designer may appear to freeze. Please be patient and give Designer time to process the file. We are working to add a status screen to provide better feedback when importing large files.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Unable to export to STEP or IGES on Ubuntu===&lt;br /&gt;
Some customers have experienced issues with exporting to STEP and IGES formats when using Ubuntu. We are working on a solution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Imported STEP / IGES files missing features in Designer===&lt;br /&gt;
The STEP and IGES export features are currently only suitable for archival purposes. They cannot currently be imported back into Designer and used as fully featured models.&lt;br /&gt;
That ability is in development, and planned for the next release of Designer. Until then, if you have a STEP / IGES model that you would like to convert to a PDA, please contact your Account Manager or email info@protocase.com&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Hanging splash screen on linux - Designer 4.7 not compatible with OpenJDK included in Ubuntu 18.04===&lt;br /&gt;
Designer will not launch with the current version of OpenJDK. This may cause the splash screen to hang when attempting to load Designer.&lt;br /&gt;
We suggest using the Oracle JDK with Designer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Maximum Pocket Depth===&lt;br /&gt;
In the new version of Designer, we have introduced the ability to add pockets. As a general rule, the maximum depth of a pocket for a given metal thickness is the (metal thickness - 0.06&amp;quot; (0.1524cm)).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Min Pocket Radius===&lt;br /&gt;
There are limitations as to the pocket corner radius we can cut with certain tools. The following table outlines the min corner radius for a given depth of pocket.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+Pockets in Steel Enclosures (CNC Milling)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Depth Of Pocket||Min Corner Radius&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Up to 0.47&amp;quot;||0.016&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Up to 0.95&amp;quot;||0.063&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Up to 1.875&amp;quot;||0.125&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Up to 5.5&amp;quot;||0.5&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+Pockets in Non-Steel Enclosures(Router)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Depth Of Pocket||Min Corner Radius&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Up to 0.13&amp;quot;||0.022&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Up to 0.188&amp;quot;||0.032&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Up to 0.26&amp;quot;||0.063&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Up to 0.5&amp;quot;||0.094&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Up to 0.626&amp;quot;||0.125&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Up to 1.0&amp;quot;||0.188&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Importing graphics templates===&lt;br /&gt;
When using the '''Import graphics template''' command, Designer displays silkscreen-related prompts even when the face (or default) is set to Direct Digital printing. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===IGES Export===&lt;br /&gt;
We have been seeing an issue where a Protocase Designer file exported as an IGES file is unable to be imported into SolidWorks 2018.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This has now been resolved in the latest Solidworks update (Service Pack 1). Note, the '''Enable 3D Interconnect''' setting must be enabled. This can be found under ''Tools-&amp;gt;Options-&amp;gt;Import-&amp;gt;General''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Warning for grained finishes===&lt;br /&gt;
When part dimensions are too small for a grained finish, Designer issues a warning that you cannot use grained finish on galvanneal, even when the part is not galvanneal.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt; Ignore the warning, but ensure the minimum dimension for a grained finish is 3” x 5”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Copying/pasting text boxes and grouped cutouts===&lt;br /&gt;
Copying/pasting a text box does not retain the rotation of the box, and copying/pasting a group of cutouts mirrors the parts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Loading times===&lt;br /&gt;
On standard machines, complex templates (such as a 3-Piece Rackmount, Recessed Consolet, or Tiered Consolet) could take a little extra time to load,&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt; as could complex PDAs when first loaded after installing a Designer upgrade. Each release includes incremental improvements to these loading times.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Mirror Y===&lt;br /&gt;
When you click '''Mirror Y''' for an object (including text), the object does not stay in the exact same place, and you can get a Boundary Warning even if it is nowhere near a boundary. Until this is fixed, simply accept the placement, then move it back where you wanted. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Placing a PEM===&lt;br /&gt;
When placing a PEM, if you click any tool, the items are placed and shown in the 3D View exactly ''as if'' you had clicked the '''Accept &amp;amp; Close''' button, but those items are not accepted, quoted or saved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Cover on 5-sided enclosure may appear shifted on reload===&lt;br /&gt;
In version 4.6.16, if seam weld is selected on a 5-sided enclosure with a one piece base, the cover may appear shifted from its origin when reloaded. This may cause confusion when trying to align objects on the cover.&lt;br /&gt;
This will be corrected in version 4.7.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===L-shape and rackmount enclosures===&lt;br /&gt;
L-shape and rackmount enclosure designs created before January 2013, when loaded into the current Designer version, might have offset cutouts. If you encounter this problem, please email the design file to designersupport@protocase.com stating the problem, and we will manually convert the file for you at no charge.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pledrew</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://www.protocasedesigner.com/wiki/index.php?title=Knowledgebase_-_Known_Issues&amp;diff=3975</id>
		<title>Knowledgebase - Known Issues</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.protocasedesigner.com/wiki/index.php?title=Knowledgebase_-_Known_Issues&amp;diff=3975"/>
				<updated>2020-03-12T15:04:33Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pledrew: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
The following issues might be encountered in the latest release. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Cutouts may shift when exported to DXF===&lt;br /&gt;
There was an issue in limited cases where cutouts shifted when exported to DXF. This has been corrected as of Aug 2nd, 2019, but a small number of orders may have been affected.&lt;br /&gt;
If you experience this issue, please contact your account manager. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5-sided enclosure welding===&lt;br /&gt;
Designs using the 5-sided enclosure template do not include plug welding in the quote.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Won't launch on linux - Designer 4.9 sometimes wont launch on certain linux configurations===&lt;br /&gt;
We have tested relatively vanilla builds of Ubuntu 18.04 and confirmed is working. Something about the user configuration causes unknown crashes however.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Default Ubuntu 18.04 Driver issue===&lt;br /&gt;
There is an issue in JOGL that prevents the loading of Designer 4.7 on Ubuntu 18.04 with the default Nouveau graphics drivers. You may need to use the drivers supplied by your graphics card manufacturer to use Designer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Issue when changing your home directory===&lt;br /&gt;
In the latest version of Designer, there is an issue when changing your home directory to a root directory. (d:\, for example). This may cause Designer to freeze. Creating a directory off of the root and setting that to your home directory is the current workaround for that. This will be resolved in the next release of Designer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Running Designer on Linux with MESA===&lt;br /&gt;
While running Designer on a Linux virtual machine with the latest version of MESA, we encountered a glXCreatePbuffer error.&lt;br /&gt;
This is due to an issue in the graphics library used in Designer. Until this is resolved, we do not recommend running Designer with this combination of software.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Windows 10===&lt;br /&gt;
There was an issue in Windows 10 Tablet Mode that would cause the Protocase Designer Menu Bar to be hidden. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;This has been resolved in the latest Windows 10 automatic update.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Image Load Error for .JPG files===&lt;br /&gt;
Some .JPG files do not import with the Java tools used for Protocase Designer.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt; If you receive an error message (&amp;quot;Unable to load image...&amp;quot;) when attempting to place a .JPG file on a face, we recommend that you convert the .JPG to a bitmap format, such as .PNG. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;If for any reason you cannot save the .JPG as a bitmap, one program that works very well for converting images is [http://www.imagemagick.org '''ImageMagick'''], which is free and runs with Unix, Mac OS X, iOS, and Windows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Computer enclosure templates===&lt;br /&gt;
The computer enclosure templates allow you to specify dimensions that are below the minimum sizes required to accommodate the cutouts or PEM layouts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Computer enclosure welding===&lt;br /&gt;
In the ATX and Mini-ITX templates, both the '''Has Seam Welds''' and '''Has Tack Welds''' options can be selected. If both are selected, Protocase will perform only the seam welds. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''See Also:'''&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Knowledgebase_-_Archived_KnownIssues | Archived Known Issues]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Knowledgebase_-_Planned_Enhancements | Planned Enhancements]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Knowledgebase_-_Software_Fixes_Released | Software Fixes Released]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pledrew</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://www.protocasedesigner.com/wiki/index.php?title=Knowledgebase_-_Planned_Enhancements&amp;diff=3974</id>
		<title>Knowledgebase - Planned Enhancements</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.protocasedesigner.com/wiki/index.php?title=Knowledgebase_-_Planned_Enhancements&amp;diff=3974"/>
				<updated>2020-03-12T15:02:15Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pledrew: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Planned enhancements are added here when they are identified and approved for development.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Notches in Bends''' - Adding the ability to Notch a bend when cutouts are placed in a position that the bend is likely to cause them to stretch.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''D-Port cutouts''' - We will be updating the placement of D-ports to allow two flat edges.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''STEP file Import and Export''' - We will add the ablilty to export to STEP files, and import that file into other CAD software.&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Graphics Library'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Until any one of the following enhancements is added to Designer, you can add a note in your design asking for it:&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Louvres'''&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Hinges'''&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Drawer slides'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Until any one of the following enhancements is added to Designer, please call and talk to our technical staff to add it to your design:&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Machining''' (see [[http://www.protocase.com/products/cnc-milling.php CNC Milling]] for details) &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Hybrid enclosures''' (see [[http://www.protocase.com/products/electronic-enclosures/hybrid.php Hybrid Enclosures (Extruded/Milled)]] for details)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The following feature has not yet been fully implemented:&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Cutout Library Manager &amp;gt; Create Sub Assembly''': When loading an item you have created, its 2D footprint is displayed, and not the 3D View.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''See Also:'''&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Knowledgebase_-_Known_Issues | Known Issues]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Knowledgebase_-_Software_Fixes_Released | Software Fixes Released]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pledrew</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://www.protocasedesigner.com/wiki/index.php?title=Knowledgebase_-_Planned_Enhancements&amp;diff=3973</id>
		<title>Knowledgebase - Planned Enhancements</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.protocasedesigner.com/wiki/index.php?title=Knowledgebase_-_Planned_Enhancements&amp;diff=3973"/>
				<updated>2020-03-12T15:00:57Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pledrew: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Planned enhancements are added here when they are identified and approved for development.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Notches in Bends''' - Adding the ability to Notch a bend when cutouts are placed in a position that the bend is likely to cause them to stretch.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''D-Port cutouts''' - We will be updating the placement of D-ports to allow two flat edges.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''STEP file Import and Export''' - We will add the ablilty to export to STEP files, and import that file into other CAD software.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Until any one of the following enhancements is added to Designer, you can add a note in your design asking for it:&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Louvres'''&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Screws or welding to fasten brackets'''&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Hinges'''&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Drawer slides'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Until any one of the following enhancements is added to Designer, please call and talk to our technical staff to add it to your design:&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Machining''' (see [[http://www.protocase.com/products/cnc-milling.php CNC Milling]] for details) &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Hybrid enclosures''' (see [[http://www.protocase.com/products/electronic-enclosures/hybrid.php Hybrid Enclosures (Extruded/Milled)]] for details)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The following feature has not yet been fully implemented:&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Cutout Library Manager &amp;gt; Create Sub Assembly''': When loading an item you have created, its 2D footprint is displayed, and not the 3D View.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''See Also:'''&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Knowledgebase_-_Known_Issues | Known Issues]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Knowledgebase_-_Software_Fixes_Released | Software Fixes Released]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pledrew</name></author>	</entry>

	</feed>